Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images

ABSTRACT

An electronic device, while in a first media acquisition mode, captures media and performs scene recognition. If the scene recognition meets first criteria, the media is displayed as a sequence of images acquired by the camera in temporal proximity to a single activation of a shutter button of the device at the first time. The sequence of images includes a plurality of images acquired by the camera prior to detecting activation of the shutter button at the first time, a representative image that represents the sequence of images and was acquired by the camera after one or more other images in the sequence of images, and a plurality of images acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image. If the scene recognition does not meet the first criteria, the media is displayed as a single image in temporal proximity to the activation of the shutter button.

RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No.16/534,214, filed Aug. 7, 2019, which is a continuation of U.S.application Ser. No. 16/252,478, filed Jan. 18, 2019, now U.S. Pat. No.10,455,146, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No.14/864,529, filed Sep. 24, 2015, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,200,598, which isa continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/863,432, filed Sep. 23,2015, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,860,451, which claims priority to: (1) U.S.Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/215,689, filed Sep. 8, 2015,entitled “Devices and Methods for Capturing and Interacting withEnhanced Digital Images;” (2) U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No.62/172,233, filed Jun. 8, 2015, entitled “Devices and Methods forCapturing and Interacting with Enhanced Digital Images;” and (3) U.S.Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/172,223, filed Jun. 7, 2015,entitled “Reduced Size User Interface,” all of which are incorporated byreference herein in their entireties.

TECHNICAL FIELD

This relates generally to electronic devices with touch-sensitivesurfaces, including but not limited to electronic devices withtouch-sensitive surfaces that capture, display and/or otherwisemanipulate digital content taken or recorded by cameras.

BACKGROUND

The use of electronic devices for capturing, viewing, editing, andsharing digital content has increased significantly in recent years.Users frequently record digital content (e.g., images and/or videos)with their portable electronic devices (e.g., smart phones, tablets, anddedicated digital cameras); view and edit their digital content in imagemanagement applications (e.g., Photos from Apple Inc. of Cupertino,Calif.) and/or digital content management applications (e.g., iTunesfrom Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.); and share their digital contentwith others through instant messages, email, social media applications,and other communication applications.

Portable electronic devices typically capture two types of digitalcontent: still images and video. A still image is typically captured bysimply pressing a shutter button. The still image freezes an instant intime, but details of the moment surrounding that instant are lost.Videos record extended periods of time, which may include bothinteresting moments and not-so-interesting moments. Significant editingis typically required to remove the less interesting moments.

SUMMARY

Accordingly, there is a need for electronic devices with improvedmethods and interfaces for capturing and interacting with moments takenor recorded by cameras. Such methods and interfaces optionallycomplement or replace conventional methods for capturing and interactingwith still images and video.

The disclosed devices expand photography beyond the still image byproviding new and improved methods for capturing and interacting withmoments. In some embodiments, the device is a desktop computer. In someembodiments, the device is portable (e.g., a notebook computer, tabletcomputer, or handheld device). In some embodiments, the device is apersonal electronic device (e.g., a wearable electronic device, such asa watch). In some embodiments, the device has a touchpad. In someembodiments, the device has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a“touch screen” or “touch-screen display”). In some embodiments, thedevice has a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors,memory and one or more modules, programs or sets of instructions storedin the memory for performing multiple functions. In some embodiments,the user interacts with the GUI primarily through stylus and/or fingercontacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive surface. In someembodiments, the functions optionally include image editing, drawing,presenting, word processing, spreadsheet making, game playing,telephoning, video conferencing, e-mailing, instant messaging, workoutsupport, digital photographing, digital videoing, web browsing, digitalmusic playing, note taking, and/or digital video playing. Executableinstructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included ina non-transitory computer readable storage medium or other computerprogram product configured for execution by one or more processors.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at anelectronic device with a display and a camera. The method includes,while in a first media acquisition mode for the camera, displaying alive preview on the display. The method further includes, whiledisplaying the live preview, detecting activation of a shutter button ata first time, and, in response to detecting activation of the shutterbutton at the first time, grouping a plurality of images acquired by thecamera in temporal proximity to the activation of the shutter button atthe first time into a first sequence of images. The first sequence ofimages includes: a plurality of images acquired by the camera prior todetecting activation of the shutter button at the first time; arepresentative image that represents the first sequence of images andwas acquired by the camera after one or more of the other images in thefirst sequence of images; and a plurality of images acquired by thecamera after acquiring the representative image.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at anelectronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. Themethod includes displaying a representative image on the display. Therepresentative image is one image in a sequence of images taken by acamera. The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image. The sequence ofimages also includes one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image. The method includes, whiledisplaying the representative image on the display, detecting a firstportion of a first input and, in response to detecting the first portionof the first input, replacing display of the representative image withdisplay, in sequence, of the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image. The method further includes,after detecting the first portion of the first input, detecting a secondportion of the first input, and, in response to detecting the secondportion of the first input, displaying, in sequence, the one or moreimages acquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image,the representative image, and the one or more images acquired by thecamera after acquiring the representative image.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at anelectronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. Themethod includes displaying a representative image on the display. Therepresentative image is one image in a sequence of images taken by acamera. The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image. The sequence ofimages includes one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image. The method further includes, whiledisplaying the representative image on the display, detecting a firstportion of a first input. The method further includes, in response todetecting the first portion of the first input, transitioning fromdisplaying the representative image to displaying a respective priorimage in the sequence of images, where the respective prior image wasacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image. Themethod further includes, in response to detecting the first portion ofthe first input, after transitioning from displaying the representativeimage to displaying the respective prior image, displaying, in sequencestarting with the respective prior image, at least some of the one ormore images acquired by the camera before acquiring the representativeimage and at least some of the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at anelectronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one ormore sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface. The method includes displaying a representative image on thedisplay. The representative image is one image in a sequence of imagestaken by a camera. The sequence of images includes one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image. Themethod further includes, while displaying the representative image onthe display, detecting a first input that includes detecting an increasein a characteristic intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitivesurface to a first intensity that is greater than a first intensitythreshold. The method further includes, in response to detecting theincrease in the characteristic intensity of the contact, advancing, in afirst direction, through the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image at a rate that is determinedbased at least in part on the first intensity. The method furtherincludes, after advancing through the one or more images acquired by thecamera after acquiring the representative image at the rate that isdetermined based on the first intensity, detecting a decrease inintensity of the contact to a second intensity that is less than thefirst intensity. The method further includes, in response to detectingthe decrease in the characteristic intensity of the contact to thesecond intensity, in accordance with a determination that the secondintensity is above the first intensity threshold, continuing to advance,in the first direction, through the one or more images acquired by thecamera after acquiring the representative image at a second rate. Thesecond rate is determined based at least in part on the second intensityand the second rate is slower than the first rate. The method furtherincludes, in response to detecting the decrease in the characteristicintensity of the contact to the second intensity, in accordance with adetermination that the second intensity is below the first intensitythreshold, moving, in a second direction that is opposite to the firstdirection, through the one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the representative image at a rate that is determined based atleast in part on the second intensity.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at anelectronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. Themethod includes storing a plurality of sequences of images. A respectivesequence of images includes a respective representative image taken by acamera, one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therespective representative image, and one or more images acquired by thecamera before acquiring the respective representative image. The methodfurther includes displaying a first representative image for a firstsequence of images in a movable first area on the display. The methodfurther includes detecting a drag gesture on the touch-sensitivesurface. The method further includes, in accordance with a determinationthat the drag gesture is in a first direction on the touch-sensitivesurface: in the moveable first area, replacing display of the firstrepresentative image for the first sequence of images with display, inchronological order, of at least some of one or more images for thefirst sequence of images acquired by the camera after acquiring thefirst representative image for the first sequence of images. The methodfurther includes moving the first area in the first direction.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at anelectronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. Themethod includes storing a plurality of sequences of images. A respectivesequence of images includes: a respective representative image taken bya camera, and one or more images acquired by the camera before acquiringthe respective representative image. The method further includesdisplaying a first representative image for a first sequence of imagesin a movable first area on the display. The method further includesdetecting a gesture on the touch-sensitive surface, the gestureincluding movement by a contact that corresponds to movement in a firstdirection on the display. The method further includes, in response todetecting the gesture on the touch-sensitive surface: moving the firstarea in the first direction on the display; moving a movable second areain the first direction on the display; and, in accordance with adetermination that sequence-display criteria are met, while moving thesecond area in the first direction, displaying, in chronological orderin the second area, at least some of the one or more images for a secondsequence of images acquired by the camera before acquiring a secondrepresentative image for the second sequence of images.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at anelectronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. Themethod includes storing a plurality of sequences of images. A respectivesequence of images includes: a respective representative image taken bya camera, one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therespective representative image, and one or more images acquired by thecamera before acquiring the respective representative image. The methodfurther includes storing a plurality of images that are distinct fromthe images in the plurality of sequences of images. A respective imagein the plurality of images is not part of a sequence of images in theplurality of sequences of images. The method further includes displayinga first image on the display and, while displaying the first image onthe display, detecting a first input. The method further includes, inresponse to detecting the first input: in accordance with adetermination that the first image is an image in a first sequence ofimages, performing a first operation that includes displaying at leastsome of the images in the first sequence of images besides the firstimage. The method further includes, in accordance with a determinationthat the first image is an image in the plurality of images that aredistinct from the images in the plurality of sequences of images,performing a second operation, distinct from the first operation,involving the first image.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at anelectronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. Themethod includes displaying a representative image on the display. Therepresentative image is one image in a sequence of images taken by acamera. The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image. The sequence ofimages includes one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image. The method further includes, whiledisplaying the representative image on the display, detecting an inputto modify the representative image. The method further includes, inresponse to detecting the input to modify the representative image: inaccordance with a determination that the device is in a first editingmode, modifying the representative image, the one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image, and theone or more images acquired by the camera before acquiring therepresentative image; and, in accordance with a determination that thedevice is in a second editing mode, distinct from the first editingmode, modifying the representative image, without modifying the one ormore images acquired by the camera after acquiring the representativeimage, and without modifying the one or more images acquired by thecamera before acquiring the representative image.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at a firstelectronic device with a display. The method includes displaying, on thedisplay, a representative image in a user interface of an applicationthat is configured to communicate with other electronic devices. Therepresentative image is one image in a sequence of images taken by acamera. The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image. The sequence ofimages includes one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image. The method further includes, whiledisplaying the representative image on the display, detecting an inputthat corresponds to a request to send the representative image or arequest to select the representative image for sending to a secondelectronic device, remote from the first electronic device, using theapplication. The method further includes, in response to detecting theinput that corresponds to the request to send the representative imageor to the request to select the representative image for sending to thesecond electronic device: in accordance with a determination that thesecond electronic device is configured to interact with the sequence ofimages as a group, displaying a first set of options for sending atleast a portion of the sequence of images to the second electronicdevice; and, in accordance with a determination that the secondelectronic device is not configured to interact with the sequence ofimages as a group, displaying a second set of options for sending atleast a portion of the sequence of images to the second electronicdevice, wherein the second set of options is different from the firstset of options.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at anelectronic device with a display and a camera. The method includes,while in a first media acquisition mode for the camera, displaying alive preview of a scene on the display and performing scene recognitionon the scene. The method further includes, while displaying the livepreview of the scene, detecting a single activation of a shutter buttonat a first time. The method further includes, in response to detectingthe single activation of the shutter button at the first time, inaccordance with a determination that the scene meets action capturecriteria, based at least in part on the scene recognition performed onthe scene, retaining a plurality of images acquired by the camera intemporal proximity to the activation of the shutter button at the firsttime and grouping the plurality of images into a first sequence ofimages. The first sequence of images includes: a plurality of imagesacquired by the camera prior to detecting activation of the shutterbutton at the first time; a representative image that represents thefirst sequence of images and was acquired by the camera after one ormore of the other images in the first sequence of images; and aplurality of images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image. The method further includes, in response todetecting the single activation of the shutter button at the first time,in accordance with a determination that the scene does not meet theaction capture criteria, retaining a single image in temporal proximityto the activation of the shutter button at the first time.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at anelectronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. Themethod includes displaying an image on the display. The image is oneimage in a sequence of images taken by a camera. The sequence of imagesincludes a representative image. The sequence of images includes one ormore images acquired by the camera after acquiring the representativeimage. The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired bythe camera before acquiring the representative image. The method furtherincludes, while displaying the image in the sequence of images on thedisplay, detecting a first input. The method further includes, inresponse to detecting the first input: displaying a user interface fortrimming the sequence of images to a subset, less than all, of thesequence of images. The user interface includes: an area that containsrepresentations of images in the sequence of images; a user-adjustablebegin-trim icon that delimits a beginning image in the subset of thesequence of images via a position of the begin-trim icon in the areathat contains representations of images in the sequence of images; and auser-adjustable end-trim icon that delimits an ending image in thesubset of the sequence of images via a position of the end-trim icon inthe area that contains representations of images in the sequence ofimages. The begin-trim icon is located at a first position, in the areathat contains representations of images in the sequence of images, thatis automatically selected by the device. The end-trim icon is located ata second position, in the area that contains representations of imagesin the sequence of images, that is automatically selected by the device.The method further includes, while displaying the user interface fortrimming the sequence of images, detecting a second input. The methodfurther includes, in response to detecting a second input, trimming thesequence of images to the subset of the sequence of images in accordancewith a current position of the begin-trim icon and a current position ofthe end-trim icon.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes adisplay unit configured to display a live preview, a camera unitconfigured to acquire images, and a processing unit coupled with thedisplay unit and the camera unit. The processing unit is configured to,while in a first media acquisition mode for the camera unit, display thelive preview on the display unit. The processing unit is furtherconfigured to, while displaying the live preview, detect activation of ashutter button at a first time, and, in response to detecting activationof the shutter button at the first time, group a plurality of imagesacquired by the camera unit in temporal proximity to the activation ofthe shutter button at the first time into a first sequence of images.The first sequence of images includes: a plurality of images acquired bythe camera unit prior to detecting activation of the shutter button atthe first time; a representative image that represents the firstsequence of images and was acquired by the camera unit after one or moreof the other images in the first sequence of images; and a plurality ofimages acquired by the camera unit after acquiring the representativeimage.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes adisplay unit configured to display images, a touch-sensitive surfaceunit configured to detect user inputs, and a processing unit coupledwith the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. Theprocessing unit is configured to display a representative image on thedisplay unit. The representative image is one image in a sequence ofimages taken by a camera. The sequence of images includes one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image.The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired by thecamera before acquiring the representative image. The processing unit isfurther configured to, while displaying the representative image on thedisplay unit, detect a first portion of a first input. The processingunit is further configured to, in response to detecting the firstportion of the first input, replace display of the representative imagewith display, on the display unit, in sequence, of the one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image.The processing unit is further configured to, after detecting the firstportion of the first input, detect a second portion of the first input.The processing unit is further configured to, in response to detectingthe second portion of the first input, display, on the display unit, insequence, the one or more images acquired by the camera before acquiringthe representative image, the representative image, and the one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes adisplay unit configured to display images, a touch-sensitive surfaceunit configured to detect user inputs, and a processing unit coupledwith the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. Theprocessing unit is configured to enable display of a representativeimage on the display unit. The representative image is one image in asequence of images taken by a camera. The sequence of images includesone or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image. The sequence of images includes one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image. Theprocessing unit is further configured to, while enabling display of therepresentative image on the display unit, detect a first portion of afirst input. The processing unit is further configured to, in responseto detecting the first portion of the first input: transition fromdisplaying the representative image to displaying a respective priorimage in the sequence of images, wherein the respective prior image wasacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image; and,after transitioning from displaying the representative image todisplaying the respective prior image, enable display of, in sequencestarting with the respective prior image, at least some of the one ormore images acquired by the camera before acquiring the representativeimage and at least some of the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes adisplay unit configured to display images, a touch-sensitive surfaceunit configured to detect user inputs, one or more sensors unitsconfigured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface unit, and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, thetouch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensors. Theprocessing unit is configured to enable display of a representativeimage on the display unit. The representative image is one image in asequence of images taken by a camera. The sequence of images includesone or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image. The processing unit is further configured to,while enabling display of the representative image on the display unit,detect a first input that includes detecting an increase in acharacteristic intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surfaceunit to a first intensity that is greater than a first intensitythreshold. The processing unit is further configured to, in response todetecting the increase in the characteristic intensity of the contact,advance, in a first direction, through the one or more images acquiredby the camera after acquiring the representative image at a rate that isdetermined based at least in part on the first intensity. The processingunit is further configured to, after advancing through the one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative imageat the rate that is determined based on the first intensity, detect adecrease in intensity of the contact to a second intensity that is lessthan the first intensity. The processing unit is further configured to,in response to detecting the decrease in the characteristic intensity ofthe contact to the second intensity: in accordance with a determinationthat the second intensity is above the first intensity threshold,continue to advance, in the first direction, through the one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative imageat a second rate. The second rate is determined based at least in parton the second intensity and the second rate is slower than the firstrate. The processing unit is further configured to, in response todetecting the decrease in the characteristic intensity of the contact tothe second intensity: in accordance with a determination that the secondintensity is below the first intensity threshold, move, in a seconddirection that is opposite to the first direction, through the one ormore images acquired by the camera after acquiring the representativeimage at a rate that is determined based at least in part on the secondintensity.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes adisplay unit configured to display images, a touch-sensitive surfaceunit configured to detect user inputs, a memory unit configured to storeimages, and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the memoryunit, and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The processing unit isconfigured to store, in the memory unit, a plurality of sequences ofimages. A respective sequence of images includes: a respectiverepresentative image taken by a camera, one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the respective representative image, and oneor more images acquired by the camera before acquiring the respectiverepresentative image. The processing unit is further configured todisplay, on the display unit, a first representative image for a firstsequence of images in a movable first area on the display unit. Theprocessing unit is further configured to detect a drag gesture on thetouch-sensitive surface unit. The processing unit is further configuredto, in accordance with a determination that the drag gesture is in afirst direction on the touch-sensitive surface unit: in the moveablefirst area, replace display of the first representative image for thefirst sequence of images with display, on the display unit, inchronological order, of at least some of one or more images for thefirst sequence of images acquired by the camera after acquiring thefirst representative image for the first sequence of images, and movethe first area in the first direction on the display unit.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes adisplay unit configured to display images, a touch-sensitive surfaceunit configured to detect user inputs, and a processing unit coupledwith the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. Theprocessing unit is configured to store a plurality of sequences ofimages. A respective sequence of images includes: a respectiverepresentative image taken by a camera, and one or more images acquiredby the camera before acquiring the respective representative image. Theprocessing unit is further configured to enable display of a firstrepresentative image for a first sequence of images in a movable firstarea on the display unit. The processing unit is configured to detect agesture on the touch-sensitive surface unit, the gesture includingmovement by a contact that corresponds to movement in a first directionon the display unit. The processing unit is configured to, in responseto detecting the gesture on the touch-sensitive surface unit: move thefirst area in the first direction on the display unit; move a movablesecond area in the first direction on the display unit; and, inaccordance with a determination that sequence-display criteria are met,while moving the second area in the first direction, enable display of,in chronological order in the second area, at least some of the one ormore images for a second sequence of images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring a second representative image for the second sequenceof images.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes adisplay unit configured to display images, a touch-sensitive surfaceunit configured to detect user inputs, a memory unit configured to storeimages, and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the memoryunit, and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The processing unit isconfigured to store, in the memory unit, a plurality of sequences ofimages. A respective sequence of images includes a respectiverepresentative image taken by a camera, one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the respective representative image, and oneor more images acquired by the camera before acquiring the respectiverepresentative image. The processing unit is further configured tostore, in the memory unit, a plurality of images that are distinct fromthe images in the plurality of sequences of images. A respective imagein the plurality of images is not part of a sequence of images in theplurality of sequences of images. The processing unit is furtherconfigured to display a first image on the display unit. The processingunit is further configured to, while displaying the first image on thedisplay unit, detect a first input. The processing unit is furtherconfigured to, in response to detecting the first input: in accordancewith a determination that the first image is an image in a firstsequence of images, perform a first operation that includes displaying,on the display unit, at least some of the images in the first sequenceof images besides the first image. The processing unit is furtherconfigured to, in accordance with a determination that the first imageis an image in the plurality of images that are distinct from the imagesin the plurality of sequences of images, perform a second operation,distinct from the first operation, involving the first image.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes adisplay unit configured to display images, a touch-sensitive surfaceunit configured to detect user inputs, and a processing unit coupledwith the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. Theprocessing unit is configured to enable display of a representativeimage on the display unit. The representative image is one image in asequence of images taken by a camera. The sequence of images includesone or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image. The sequence of images includes one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image. Theprocessing unit is further configured to, while enabling display of therepresentative image on the display unit, detect an input to modify therepresentative image. The processing unit is configured to, in responseto detecting the input to modify the representative image: in accordancewith a determination that the device is in a first editing mode, modifythe representative image, the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image, and the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image; and,in accordance with a determination that the device is in a secondediting mode, distinct from the first editing mode, modify therepresentative image, without modifying the one or more images acquiredby the camera after acquiring the representative image, and withoutmodifying the one or more images acquired by the camera before acquiringthe representative image.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes adisplay unit configured to display images and a processing unit coupledwith the display unit. The processing unit is configured to enabledisplay, on the display unit, of a representative image in a userinterface of an application that is configured to communicate with otherelectronic devices. The representative image is one image in a sequenceof images taken by a camera. The sequence of images includes one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image.The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired by thecamera before acquiring the representative image. The processing unit isfurther configured to, while enabling display of the representativeimage on the display unit, detect an input that corresponds to a requestto send the representative image or a request to select therepresentative image for sending to a second electronic device, remotefrom the electronic device, using the application. The processing unitis further configured to, in response to detecting the input thatcorresponds to the request to send the representative image or to therequest to select the representative image for sending to the secondelectronic device: in accordance with a determination that the secondelectronic device is configured to interact with the sequence of imagesas a group, enable display of a first set of options for sending atleast a portion of the sequence of images to the second electronicdevice; and, in accordance with a determination that the secondelectronic device is not configured to interact with the sequence ofimages as a group, enable display of a second set of options for sendingat least a portion of the sequence of images to the second electronicdevice, wherein the second set of options is different from the firstset of options.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes adisplay unit configured to display images, a camera unit configured toacquire images, and a processing unit coupled with the display unit andthe camera unit. The processing unit is configured to, while in a firstmedia acquisition mode for the camera unit, enable display of a livepreview of a scene on the display unit and perform scene recognition onthe scene. The processing unit is further configured to, while enablingdisplay of the live preview of the scene, detect a single activation ofa shutter button at a first time. The processing unit is furtherconfigured to, in response to detecting the single activation of theshutter button at the first time: in accordance with a determinationthat the scene meets action capture criteria, based at least in part onthe scene recognition performed on the scene, retain a plurality ofimages acquired by the camera unit in temporal proximity to theactivation of the shutter button at the first time and group theplurality of images into a first sequence of images. The first sequenceof images includes: a plurality of images acquired by the camera unitprior to detecting activation of the shutter button at the first time; arepresentative image that represents the first sequence of images andwas acquired by the camera unit after one or more of the other images inthe first sequence of images; and a plurality of images acquired by thecamera unit after acquiring the representative image. The processingunit is further configured to, in response to detecting the singleactivation of the shutter button at the first time: in accordance with adetermination that the scene does not meet the action capture criteria,retain a single image in temporal proximity to the activation of theshutter button at the first time.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes adisplay unit configured to display images, a touch-sensitive surfaceunit configured to detect user inputs, and a processing unit coupledwith the display unit and the camera unit. The processing unit isconfigured to enable display of an image on the display unit. The imageis one image in a sequence of images taken by a camera. The sequence ofimages includes a representative image. The sequence of images includesone or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image. The sequence of images includes one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image. Theprocessing unit is further configured to, while enabling display of theimage in the sequence of images on the display unit, detect a firstinput. The processing unit is further configured to, in response todetecting the first input, enable display of a user interface fortrimming the sequence of images to a subset, less than all, of thesequence of images. The user interface includes: an area that containsrepresentations of images in the sequence of images; a user-adjustablebegin-trim icon that delimits a beginning image in the subset of thesequence of images via a position of the begin-trim icon in the areathat contains representations of images in the sequence of images; and auser-adjustable end-trim icon that delimits an ending image in thesubset of the sequence of images via a position of the end-trim icon inthe area that contains representations of images in the sequence ofimages. The begin-trim icon is located at a first position, in the areathat contains representations of images in the sequence of images, thatis automatically selected by the device. The end-trim icon is located ata second position, in the area that contains representations of imagesin the sequence of images, that is automatically selected by the device.The processing unit is further configured to, while enabling display ofthe user interface for trimming the sequence of images, detect a secondinput. The processing unit is further configured to, in response todetecting a second input, trim the sequence of images to the subset ofthe sequence of images in accordance with a current position of thebegin-trim icon and a current position of the end-trim icon.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes adisplay, a touch-sensitive surface, one or more optional sensors todetect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, one ormore processors, memory, and one or more programs; the one or moreprograms are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by theone or more processors and the one or more programs include instructionsfor performing or causing performance of the operations of any of themethods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, acomputer readable storage medium has stored therein instructions whichwhen executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitivesurface, and one or more optional sensors to detect intensity ofcontacts with the touch-sensitive surface, cause the device to performor cause performance of the operations of any of the methods describedherein. In accordance with some embodiments, a graphical user interfaceon an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, oneor more optional sensors to detect intensity of contacts with thetouch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processors to executeone or more programs stored in the memory includes one or more of theelements displayed in any of the methods described herein, which areupdated in response to inputs, as described in any of the methodsdescribed herein. In accordance with some embodiments, an electronicdevice includes: a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or moreoptional sensors to detect intensity of contacts with thetouch-sensitive surface; and means for performing or causing performanceof the operations of any of the methods described herein. In accordancewith some embodiments, an information processing apparatus, for use inan electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, andone or more optional sensors to detect intensity of contacts with thetouch-sensitive surface, includes means for performing or causingperformance of the operations of any of the methods described herein.

Thus, electronic devices are provided with improved methods andinterfaces for capturing and interacting with moments taken or recordedby cameras. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replaceconventional methods for capturing and interacting with still images andvideo.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

For a better understanding of the various described embodiments,reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, inconjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numeralsrefer to corresponding parts throughout the figures.

FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction devicewith a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for eventhandling in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screenin accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with adisplay and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with someembodiments.

FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu ofapplications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with someembodiments.

FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunctiondevice with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the displayin accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 4C-4E illustrate exemplary dynamic intensity thresholds inaccordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 5A-5K illustrate exemplary user interfaces for capturing a groupedsequence of related images in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 6A-6FF illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying (orreplaying) a grouped sequence of related images in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 7A-7CC illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating throughsequences of related images in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 8A-8L illustrate exemplary user interfaces that perform distinctoperations on sequences of related images as compared to individualimages in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 9A-9G are flow diagrams illustrating a method of capturing agrouped sequence of related images in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 10A-10E are flow diagrams illustrating a method of displaying (orreplaying) a sequence of related images in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 10F-10I are flow diagrams illustrating a method of displaying (orreplaying) a sequence of related images in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 10J-10M are flow diagrams illustrating a method of displaying (orreplaying) a sequence of related images in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 11A-11E are flow diagrams illustrating a method of navigatingthrough sequences of related images in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 11F-11I are flow diagrams illustrating a method of navigatingthrough sequences of related images in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 12A-12B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of performingdistinct operations on sequences of related images as compared toindividual images in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 13-19 are functional block diagrams of electronic devices inaccordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 20A-20L illustrate exemplary user interfaces for modifying imagesin a sequence of images, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 21A-21J illustrate exemplary user interfaces for sending imagesfrom a sequence of images to a second electronic device, in accordancewith some embodiments.

FIGS. 22A-22D illustrate exemplary user interfaces for acquiring photos(e.g., enhanced photos or still photos) using scene recognition, inaccordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 23A-23E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for trimming asequence of images (e.g., an enhanced photo), in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 24A-24E illustrate a flow diagram of a method of modifying imagesin a sequence of images, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 25A-25C illustrate a flow diagram of a method of sending imagesfrom a sequence of images to a second electronic device, in accordancewith some embodiments.

FIGS. 26A-26D illustrate a flow diagram of a method of acquiring photos(e.g., enhanced photos or still photos) using scene recognition, inaccordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 27A-27E illustrate a flow diagram of a method of trimming asequence of images (e.g., an enhanced photo), in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 28-31 are functional block diagrams of electronic devices inaccordance with some embodiments.

DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS

As noted above, portable electronic devices typically capture two typesof digital content: still images and video. A still image is typicallycaptured by simply pressing a shutter button. The still image freezes aninstant in time, but details of the moment surrounding that instant arelost. Videos record extended periods of time, which may include bothinteresting moments and not-so-interesting moments. Significant editingis typically required to remove the less interesting moments.

Here, new and improved devices and methods for capturing and interactingwith moments are described.

In some embodiments, in response to the press of a shutter button, thedevice groups a sequence of images together that includes arepresentative image (analogous to the instant captured in aconventional still image), as well as images acquired before the shutterbutton was pressed and images acquired after the representative image.Thus, the press of a shutter button captures the moment around aninstant in time, instead of just the instant. In some embodiments,additional information about the moment, such as sound and metadata, isalso captured. From a user perspective, this process makes capturingmoments (grouped sequences of images that include a representativeimage) as easy as capturing instants (a single still image)—the userjust needs to press a shutter button. To distinguish from a single stillimage, the term “enhanced photo” is sometimes used for brevity to referto a grouped sequence of images.

In some embodiments, while viewing a representative image, an enhancedphoto can “come to life” and replay the moment in response to a userinput (e.g., a press-and-hold gesture or a deep press gesture on theenhanced photo).

In some embodiments, while navigating between enhanced photos, for arespective enhanced photo, the images taken just before therepresentative image of the enhanced photo are shown as the enhancedphoto comes into view on the display and/or the images taken just afterthe representative image are shown as the enhanced photo leaves thedisplay, which enhances display of the moment.

In some embodiments, while navigating between enhanced photos andconventional still images, enhanced photos are “replayed” while cominginto view and/or leaving the display, while for the conventional stillimages additional information (e.g., location data) and/or animationswithin the still image are shown when the still images are displayed.

In some embodiments, a user can modify a representative image in anenhanced photo and have the modifications applied to just therepresentative image or applied to all of the images in the enhancedphoto (e.g., the user can toggle between an apply-to-all mode and astill image editing mode).

In some embodiments, when a respective user sends an enhanced photo toanother user, the respective user's device presents different optionsfor sending the enhanced photo depending on whether the other user'sdevice is compatible with enhanced photos (e.g., presents an option forsending the enhanced photo as an enhanced photo when the other user'sdevice is compatible with enhanced photos, and presents an option forsending just the representative image when the other user's deviceincompatible with enhanced photos).

In some embodiments, a device performs scene recognition (e.g., while inan image capture mode). When the scene is conducive to retaining anenhanced photo (e.g., the scene includes movement or faces), in responseto the press of a shutter button, the device retains an enhanced photo.When the scene is not conducive to retaining an enhanced photo (e.g.,the scene is a picture of a receipt), in response to the press of ashutter button, the device retains a single still image.

In some embodiments, a user can trim a sequence of images to a subset ofthe sequence of images. The device provides handles for trimming thesequence at automatically chosen positions in the sequence (e.g., basedon scene recognition) The handles can also be used to manually trim thesequence.

Below, FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, and 3 provide a description of exemplary devices.FIGS. 4A-4B, 5A-5K, 6A-6FF, 7A-7CC, 8A-8L, 20A-20L, 21A-21J, 22A-22D,and 23A-23E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for capturing,navigating, and performing operations on or related to a sequence ofrelated images. FIGS. 9A-9G are flow diagrams illustrating a method ofcapturing a sequence of related images in accordance with someembodiments. FIGS. 10A-10M flow diagrams illustrating methods ofdisplaying (or replaying) a sequence of related images in accordancewith some embodiments. FIGS. 11A-11I are flow diagrams illustratingmethods of navigating through photos that include a sequence of relatedimages in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 12A-12B are flowdiagrams illustrating a method of performing distinct operations onphotos that include a sequence of related images as compared to stillphotos in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 24A-24E are flowdiagrams of a method of modifying images in a sequence of images, inaccordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 25A-25C are flow diagrams of amethod of sending images from a sequence of images to a secondelectronic device, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 26A-26Dare flow diagrams of a method of acquiring photos (e.g., enhanced photosor still photos) using scene recognition, in accordance with someembodiments. FIGS. 27A-27E are flow diagrams of a method of trimming asequence of images (e.g., an enhanced photo), in accordance with someembodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 5A-5K, 6A-6FF, 7A-7CC, 8A-8L,20A-20L, 21A-21J, 22A-22D, and 23A-23E are used to illustrate theprocesses in FIGS. 9A-9G, 10A-10M, 11A-11I, 12A-12B, 24A-24E, 25A-25C,26A-26D, and 27A-27E.

Exemplary Devices

Reference will now be made in detail to embodiments, examples of whichare illustrated in the accompanying drawings. In the following detaileddescription, numerous specific details are set forth in order to providea thorough understanding of the various described embodiments. However,it will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that the variousdescribed embodiments may be practiced without these specific details.In other instances, well-known methods, procedures, components,circuits, and networks have not been described in detail so as not tounnecessarily obscure aspects of the embodiments.

It will also be understood that, although the terms first, second, etc.are, in some instances, used herein to describe various elements, theseelements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only usedto distinguish one element from another. For example, a first contactcould be termed a second contact, and, similarly, a second contact couldbe termed a first contact, without departing from the scope of thevarious described embodiments. The first contact and the second contactare both contacts, but they are not the same contact, unless the contextclearly indicates otherwise.

The terminology used in the description of the various describedembodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particularembodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in thedescription of the various described embodiments and the appendedclaims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to includethe plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicatesotherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as usedherein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations ofone or more of the associated listed items. It will be furtherunderstood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or“comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence ofstated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/orcomponents, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or moreother features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components,and/or groups thereof.

As used herein, the term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when”or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,”depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or“if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construedto mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upondetecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting[the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.

Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, andassociated processes for using such devices are described. In someembodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as amobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/ormusic player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunctiondevices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad®devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronicdevices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitivesurfaces (e.g., touch-screen displays and/or touchpads), are,optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in someembodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but isa desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-screendisplay and/or a touchpad).

In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes adisplay and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should beunderstood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes oneor more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physicalkeyboard, a mouse and/or a joystick.

The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one ormore of the following: a note taking application, a drawing application,a presentation application, a word processing application, a websitecreation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheetapplication, a gaming application, a telephone application, a videoconferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messagingapplication, a workout support application, a photo managementapplication, a digital camera application, a digital video cameraapplication, a web browsing application, a digital music playerapplication, and/or a digital video player application.

The various applications that are executed on the device optionally useat least one common physical user-interface device, such as thetouch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitivesurface as well as corresponding information displayed on the deviceare, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the nextand/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physicalarchitecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the deviceoptionally supports the variety of applications with user interfacesthat are intuitive and transparent to the user.

Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices withtouch-sensitive displays. FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustratingportable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display system112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience, and issometimes simply called a touch-sensitive display. Device 100 includesmemory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer readablestorage mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units(CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O) subsystem 106,other input or control devices 116, and external port 124. Device 100optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100optionally includes one or more intensity sensors 165 for detectingintensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surfacesuch as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100). Device 100optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 forgenerating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactileoutputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive displaysystem 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). Thesecomponents optionally communicate over one or more communication busesor signal lines 103.

As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output”refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previousposition of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., atouch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component(e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relativeto a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user withthe user's sense of touch. For example, in situations where the deviceor the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a userthat is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of auser's hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacementwill be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding toa perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or thecomponent of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitivesurface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally,interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physicalactuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensationsuch as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement ofa physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surfacethat is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movements. Asanother example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally,interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitivesurface, even when there is no change in smoothness of thetouch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a userwill be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user,there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a largemajority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described ascorresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “upclick,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, thegenerated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of thedevice or a component thereof that will generate the described sensoryperception for a typical (or average) user.

It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of aportable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has moreor fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or morecomponents, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangementof the components. The various components shown in FIG. 1A areimplemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware andsoftware, including one or more signal processing and/or applicationspecific integrated circuits.

Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory andoptionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or moremagnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or othernon-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory 102 by othercomponents of device 100, such as CPU(s) 120 and the peripheralsinterface 118, is, optionally, controlled by memory controller 122.

Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and outputperipherals of the device to CPU(s) 120 and memory 102. The one or moreprocessors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets ofinstructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions fordevice 100 and to process data.

In some embodiments, peripherals interface 118, CPU(s) 120, and memorycontroller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such aschip 104. In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implementedon separate chips.

RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, alsocalled electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electricalsignals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates withcommunications networks and other communications devices via theelectromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-knowncircuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited toan antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner,one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, asubscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RFcircuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as theInternet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranetand/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, awireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network(MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The wirelesscommunication optionally uses any of a plurality of communicationsstandards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited toGlobal System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSMEnvironment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA),high-speed uplink packet access (HSDPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO),HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), nearfield communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access(W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multipleaccess (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a,IEEE 802.11ac, IEEE 802.11ax, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g and/or IEEE802.11n), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol fore-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post officeprotocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging andpresence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for InstantMessaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messagingand Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or anyother suitable communication protocol, including communication protocolsnot yet developed as of the filing date of this document.

Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audiointerface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry 110 receivesaudio data from peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to anelectrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111.Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves.Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted bymicrophone 113 from sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts theelectrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data toperipherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally,retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108by peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2). The headset jackprovides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audioinput/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headsetwith both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input(e.g., a microphone).

I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100, suchas touch-sensitive display system 112 and other input or control devices116, with peripherals interface 118. I/O subsystem 106 optionallyincludes display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158,intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, and oneor more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. Theone or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signalsfrom/to other input or control devices 116. The other input or controldevices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons,rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels,and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s) 160are, optionally, coupled with any (or none) of the following: akeyboard, infrared port, USB port, stylus, and/or a pointer device suchas a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG. 2) optionallyinclude an up/down button for volume control of speaker 111 and/ormicrophone 113. The one or more buttons optionally include a push button(e.g., 206, FIG. 2).

Touch-sensitive display system 112 provides an input interface and anoutput interface between the device and a user. Display controller 156receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch-sensitive displaysystem 112. Touch-sensitive display system 112 displays visual output tothe user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons,video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). Insome embodiments, some or all of the visual output corresponds to userinterface objects. As used herein, the term “affordance” refers to auser-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g., graphical userinterface object that is configured to respond to inputs directed towardthe graphical user interface object). Examples of user-interactivegraphical user interface objects include, without limitation, a button,slider, icon, selectable menu item, switch, or other user interfacecontrol.

Touch-sensitive display system 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensoror set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on hapticand/or tactile contact. Touch-sensitive display system 112 and displaycontroller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets ofinstructions in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breakingof the contact) on touch-sensitive display system 112 and converts thedetected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., oneor more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are displayed ontouch-sensitive display system 112. In an exemplary embodiment, a pointof contact between touch-sensitive display system 112 and the usercorresponds to a finger of the user or a stylus.

Touch-sensitive display system 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystaldisplay) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, orLED (light emitting diode) technology, although other displaytechnologies are used in other embodiments. Touch-sensitive displaysystem 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and anymovement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensingtechnologies now known or later developed, including but not limited tocapacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies,as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements fordetermining one or more points of contact with touch-sensitive displaysystem 112. In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitancesensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone®, iPodTouch®, and iPad® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.

Touch-sensitive display system 112 optionally has a video resolution inexcess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen videoresolution is in excess of 400 dpi (e.g., 500 dpi, 800 dpi, or greater).The user optionally makes contact with touch-sensitive display system112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger,and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed towork with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precisethan stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger onthe touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the roughfinger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command forperforming the actions desired by the user.

In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particularfunctions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive areaof the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visualoutput. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that isseparate from touch-sensitive display system 112 or an extension of thetouch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.

Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the variouscomponents. Power system 162 optionally includes a power managementsystem, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current(AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a powerconverter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emittingdiode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation,management and distribution of power in portable devices.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164.FIG. 1A shows an optical sensor coupled with optical sensor controller158 in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor(s) 164 optionally includecharge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor(CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor(s) 164 receive light from theenvironment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the lightto data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module 143(also called a camera module), optical sensor(s) 164 optionally capturestill images, enhanced photographs, and/or video. In some embodiments,an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100, oppositetouch-sensitive display system 112 on the front of the device, so thatthe touch screen is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/orvideo image acquisition. In some embodiments, another optical sensor islocated on the front of the device so that the user's image is obtained(e.g., for selfies, for videoconferencing while the user views the othervideo conference participants on the touch screen, etc.).

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensitysensors 165. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled withintensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106. Contact intensitysensor(s) 165 optionally include one or more piezoresistive straingauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectricforce sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitivesurfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure theforce (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contactintensity sensor(s) 165 receive contact intensity information (e.g.,pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from theenvironment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensoris collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least onecontact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100, oppositetouch-screen display system 112 which is located on the front of device100.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166.FIG. 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled with peripherals interface118. Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is coupled with input controller160 in I/O subsystem 106. In some embodiments, the proximity sensorturns off and disables touch-sensitive display system 112 when themultifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the useris making a phone call).

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile outputgenerators 167. FIG. 1A shows a tactile output generator coupled withhaptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106. Tactile outputgenerator(s) 167 optionally include one or more electroacoustic devicessuch as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanicaldevices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor,solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostaticactuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., acomponent that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on thedevice). Tactile output generator(s) 167 receive tactile feedbackgeneration instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generatestactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a userof device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile outputgenerator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface(e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally, generates atactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g.,in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth inthe same plane as a surface of device 100). In some embodiments, atleast one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back ofdevice 100, opposite touch-sensitive display system 112, which islocated on the front of device 100.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168. FIG.1A shows accelerometer 168 coupled with peripherals interface 118.Alternately, accelerometer 168 is, optionally, coupled with an inputcontroller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. In some embodiments, information isdisplayed on the touch-screen display in a portrait view or a landscapeview based on an analysis of data received from the one or moreaccelerometers. Device 100 optionally includes, in addition toaccelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASSor other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaininginformation concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait orlandscape) of device 100.

In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102include operating system 126, communication module (or set ofinstructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130,graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, haptic feedback module (orset of instructions) 133, text input module (or set of instructions)134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions)135, and applications (or sets of instructions) 136. Furthermore, insome embodiments, memory 102 stores device/global internal state 157, asshown in FIGS. 1A and 3. Device/global internal state 157 includes oneor more of: active application state, indicating which applications, ifany, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications,views or other information occupy various regions of touch-sensitivedisplay system 112; sensor state, including information obtained fromthe device's various sensors and other input or control devices 116; andlocation and/or positional information concerning the device's locationand/or attitude.

Operating system 126 (e.g., iOS, Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X,WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includesvarious software components and/or drivers for controlling and managinggeneral system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control,power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between varioushardware and software components.

Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devicesover one or more external ports 124 and also includes various softwarecomponents for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/orexternal port 124. External port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB),FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices orindirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). Insome embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin)connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the30-pin connector used in some iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devicesfrom Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. In some embodiments, the externalport is a Lightning connector that is the same as, or similar to and/orcompatible with the Lightning connector used in some iPhone®, iPodTouch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.

Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact withtouch-sensitive display system 112 (in conjunction with displaycontroller 156) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad orphysical click wheel). Contact/motion module 130 includes varioussoftware components for performing various operations related todetection of contact (e.g., by a finger or by a stylus), such asdetermining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-downevent), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force orpressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of thecontact), determining if there is movement of the contact and trackingthe movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one ormore finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased(e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitivesurface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which isrepresented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determiningspeed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or anacceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point ofcontact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts(e.g., one finger contacts or stylus contacts) or to multiplesimultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). Insome embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156detect contact on a touchpad.

Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user.Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contactpatterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities ofdetected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected bydetecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a fingertap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detectinga finger-up (lift off) event at the same position (or substantially thesame position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of anicon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on thetouch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followedby detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequentlyfollowed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event. Similarly, tap,swipe, drag, and other gestures are optionally detected for a stylus bydetecting a particular contact pattern for the stylus.

Graphics module 132 includes various known software components forrendering and displaying graphics on touch-sensitive display system 112or other display, including components for changing the visual impact(e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast or other visualproperty) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term“graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user,including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such asuser-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos,animations and the like.

In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representinggraphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned acorresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applicationsetc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with,if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and thengenerates screen image data to output to display controller 156.

Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components forgenerating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 167 toproduce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 inresponse to user interactions with device 100.

Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of graphicsmodule 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in variousapplications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141, browser 147, andany other application that needs text input).

GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides thisinformation for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 foruse in location-based dialing, to camera 143 as picture/video metadata,and to applications that provide location-based services such as weatherwidgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).

Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets ofinstructions), or a subset or superset thereof:

-   -   contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact        list);    -   telephone module 138;    -   video conferencing module 139;    -   e-mail client module 140;    -   instant messaging (IM) module 141;    -   workout support module 142;    -   camera module 143 for still and/or video images;    -   image management module 144;    -   browser module 147;    -   calendar module 148;    -   widget modules 149, which optionally include one or more of:        weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget        149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and        other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created        widgets 149-6;    -   widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;    -   search module 151;    -   video and music player module 152, which is, optionally, made up        of a video player module and a music player module;    -   notes module 153;    -   map module 154; and/or    -   online video module 155.

Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored inmemory 102 include other word processing applications, other imageediting applications, drawing applications, presentation applications,JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voicerecognition, and voice replication.

In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, displaycontroller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text inputmodule 134, contacts module 137 includes executable instructions tomanage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in applicationinternal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370),including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from theaddress book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es),physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating animage with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephonenumbers and/or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitatecommunications by telephone 138, video conference 139, e-mail 140, or IM141; and so forth.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111,microphone 113, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134,telephone module 138 includes executable instructions to enter asequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access oneor more telephone numbers in address book 137, modify a telephone numberthat has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct aconversation and disconnect or hang up when the conversation iscompleted. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally usesany of a plurality of communications standards, protocols andtechnologies.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111,microphone 113, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contactmodule 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contact list137, and telephone module 138, videoconferencing module 139 includesexecutable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a videoconference between a user and one or more other participants inaccordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132,and text input module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes executableinstructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response touser instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144,e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mailswith still or video images taken with camera module 143.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132,and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includesexecutable instructions to enter a sequence of characters correspondingto an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, totransmit a respective instant message (for example, using a ShortMessage Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol fortelephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, Apple PushNotification Service (APNs) or IMPS for Internet-based instantmessages), to receive instant messages and to view received instantmessages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instantmessages optionally include graphics, photos (e.g., still images),enhanced photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments asare supported in a MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). Asused herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages(e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages(e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, APNs, or IMPS).

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132,text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music playermodule 146, workout support module 142 includes executable instructionsto create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burninggoals); communicate with workout sensors (in sports devices and smartwatches); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitora workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store andtransmit workout data.

In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, displaycontroller 156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158,contact module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module144, camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture stillimages or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory102, modify characteristics of a still image or video, and/or delete astill image or video from memory 102.

In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, displaycontroller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text inputmodule 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144 includesexecutable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwisemanipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show oralbum), and store still and/or video images.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module132, and text input module 134, browser module 147 includes executableinstructions to browse the Internet in accordance with userinstructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displayingweb pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other fileslinked to web pages.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module132, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module147, calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create,display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars(e.g., calendar entries, to do lists, etc.) in accordance with userinstructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules 149are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by auser (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or createdby the user (e.g., user-created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, awidget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS(Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In someembodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) fileand a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creatormodule 150 includes executable instructions to create widgets (e.g.,turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).

In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display systemcontroller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text inputmodule 134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to searchfor text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specifiedsearch terms) in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display systemcontroller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video andmusic player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow theuser to download and play back recorded music and other sound filesstored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, andexecutable instructions to display, present or otherwise play backvideos (e.g., on touch-sensitive display system 112, or on an externaldisplay connected wirelessly or via external port 124). In someembodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).

In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, displaycontroller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text inputmodule 134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to createand manage notes, to do lists, and the like in accordance with userinstructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, mapmodule 154 includes executable instructions to receive, display, modify,and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions;data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particularlocation; and other location-based data) in accordance with userinstructions.

In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display systemcontroller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, e-mail clientmodule 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includesexecutable instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive(e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touchscreen 112, or on an external display connected wirelessly or viaexternal port 124), send an e-mail with a link to a particular onlinevideo, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats,such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module 141, ratherthan e-mail client module 140, is used to send a link to a particularonline video.

Each of the above identified modules and applications correspond to aset of executable instructions for performing one or more functionsdescribed above and the methods described in this application (e.g., thecomputer-implemented methods and other information processing methodsdescribed herein). These modules (i.e., sets of instructions) need notbe implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, andthus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined orotherwise re-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments,memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structuresidentified above. Furthermore, memory 102 optionally stores additionalmodules and data structures not described above.

In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation of apredefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusivelythrough a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/ora touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons,dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.

The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through atouch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation betweenuser interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by theuser, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any userinterface that is displayed on device 100. In such embodiments, a “menubutton” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, themenu button is a physical push button or other physical input controldevice instead of a touchpad.

FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for eventhandling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments,memory 102 (in FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event sorter 170 (e.g.,in operating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., anyof the aforementioned applications 136, 137-155, 380-390).

Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines theapplication 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to whichto deliver the event information. Event sorter 170 includes eventmonitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments,application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, whichindicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitivedisplay system 112 when the application is active or executing. In someembodiments, device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, andapplication internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determineapplication views 191 to which to deliver event information.

In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additionalinformation, such as one or more of: resume information to be used whenapplication 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state informationthat indicates information being displayed or that is ready for displayby application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back toa prior state or view of application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue ofprevious actions taken by the user.

Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface118. Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., auser touch on touch-sensitive display system 112, as part of amulti-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information itreceives from I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor166, accelerometer(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (through audiocircuitry 110). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives fromI/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive displaysystem 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.

In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripheralsinterface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripheralsinterface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments,peripheral interface 118 transmits event information only when there isa significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predeterminednoise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).

In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit viewdetermination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determinationmodule 173.

Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures fordetermining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views,when touch-sensitive display system 112 displays more than one view.Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see onthe display.

Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is aset of views, sometimes herein called application views or userinterface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-basedgestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) inwhich a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levelswithin a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example,the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally,called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as properinputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hitview of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.

Hit view determination module 172 receives information related tosub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multipleviews organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which shouldhandle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowestlevel view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (i.e., the firstsub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potentialevent). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determinationmodule, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to thesame touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.

Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which viewor views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence ofsub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determinationmodule 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particularsequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizerdetermination module 173 determines that all views that include thephysical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, andtherefore determines that all actively involved views should receive aparticular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touchsub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with oneparticular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain asactively involved views.

Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an eventrecognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments including activeevent recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined byactive event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments,event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the eventinformation, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver module182.

In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170.Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter 170. In yet otherembodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part ofanother module stored in memory 102, such as contact/motion module 130.

In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of eventhandlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of whichincludes instructions for handling touch events that occur within arespective view of the application's user interface. Each applicationview 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers180. Typically, a respective application view 191 includes a pluralityof event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of eventrecognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interfacekit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application 136-1inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respectiveevent handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, objectupdater 177, GUI updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from eventsorter 170. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater176, object updater 177 or GUI updater 178 to update the applicationinternal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application views191 includes one or more respective event handlers 190. Also, in someembodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object updater 177, andGUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191.

A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g.,event data 179) from event sorter 170, and identifies an event from theevent information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 andevent comparator 184. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 alsoincludes at least a subset of: metadata 183, and event deliveryinstructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event deliveryinstructions).

Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170. Theevent information includes information about a sub-event, for example, atouch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the eventinformation also includes additional information, such as location ofthe sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the eventinformation optionally also includes speed and direction of thesub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the devicefrom one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to alandscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event informationincludes corresponding information about the current orientation (alsocalled device attitude) of the device.

Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined eventor sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines anevent or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event orsub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes eventdefinitions 186. Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events(e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1(187-1), event 2 (187-2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events inan event 187 include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touchmovement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, thedefinition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object.The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) onthe displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first lift-off (touchend) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on thedisplayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second lift-off (touchend) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition forevent 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, forexample, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for apredetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitivedisplay system 112, and lift-off of the touch (touch end). In someembodiments, the event also includes information for one or moreassociated event handlers 190.

In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a definition of anevent for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, eventcomparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interfaceobject is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an applicationview in which three user-interface objects are displayed ontouch-sensitive display system 112, when a touch is detected ontouch-sensitive display system 112, event comparator 184 performs a hittest to determine which of the three user-interface objects isassociated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object isassociated with a respective event handler 190, the event comparatoruses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an eventhandler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hittest.

In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event 187 alsoincludes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event informationuntil after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-eventsdoes or does not correspond to the event recognizer's event type.

When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series ofsub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186, therespective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, eventfailed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequentsub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other eventrecognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue totrack and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.

In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate howthe event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to activelyinvolved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includesconfigurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how eventrecognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. Insome embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags,and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varyinglevels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.

In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 activates eventhandler 190 associated with an event when one or more particularsub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respectiveevent recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with theevent to event handler 190. Activating an event handler 190 is distinctfrom sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view.In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated withthe recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flagcatches the flag and performs a predefined process.

In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-eventdelivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-eventwithout activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event deliveryinstructions deliver event information to event handlers associated withthe series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlersassociated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved viewsreceive the event information and perform a predetermined process.

In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used inapplication 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates the telephonenumber used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in videoplayer module 145. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates andupdates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object updater177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of auser-interface object. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUIupdater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.

In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to dataupdater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178. In someembodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178are included in a single module of a respective application 136-1 orapplication view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two ormore software modules.

It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding eventhandling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies toother forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 withinput-devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. Forexample, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinatedwith single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movementssuch as taps, drags, scrolls, etc., on touch-pads; pen stylus inputs;movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements;biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilizedas inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to berecognized.

FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touchscreen (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112, FIG. 1A) in accordancewith some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or moregraphics within user interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well asothers described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of thegraphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one ormore fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or morestyluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments,selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contactwith the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gestureoptionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left toright, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of afinger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) thathas made contact with device 100. In some implementations orcircumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select thegraphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an applicationicon optionally does not select the corresponding application when thegesture corresponding to selection is a tap.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more physical buttons, suchas “home” or menu button 204. As described previously, menu button 204is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set ofapplications that are, optionally executed on device 100. Alternatively,in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in aGUI displayed on the touch-screen display.

In some embodiments, device 100 includes the touch-screen display, menubutton 204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and lockingthe device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, Subscriber Identity Module(SIM) card slot 210, head set jack 212, and docking/charging externalport 124. Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/offon the device by depressing the button and holding the button in thedepressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device bydepressing the button and releasing the button before the predefinedtime interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate anunlock process. In some embodiments, device 100 also accepts verbalinput for activation or deactivation of some functions throughmicrophone 113. Device 100 also, optionally, includes one or morecontact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts ontouch-sensitive display system 112 and/or one or more tactile outputgenerators 167 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 100.

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with adisplay and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with someembodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments,device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer,a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device(such as a child's learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device(e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includesone or more processing units (CPU's) 310, one or more network or othercommunications interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communicationbuses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) thatinterconnects and controls communications between system components.Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display340, which is typically a touch-screen display. I/O interface 330 alsooptionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device)350 and touchpad 355, tactile output generator 357 for generatingtactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile outputgenerator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1A), sensors 359(e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contactintensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 describedabove with reference to FIG. 1A). Memory 370 includes high-speed randomaccess memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or other random access solidstate memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, suchas one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storagedevices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storagedevices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devicesremotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 storesprograms, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs,modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portablemultifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore,memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and datastructures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawingmodule 380, presentation module 382, word processing module 384, websitecreation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheetmodule 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG.1A) optionally does not store these modules.

Each of the above identified elements in FIG. 3 is, optionally, storedin one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of theabove identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions forperforming a function described above. The above identified modules orprograms (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented asseparate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus varioussubsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwisere-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identifiedabove. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules anddata structures not described above.

Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”)that are, optionally, implemented on portable multifunction device 100.

FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu ofapplications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance withsome embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implementedon device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400 includes thefollowing elements, or a subset or superset thereof:

-   -   Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s),        such as cellular and

Wi-Fi signals;

-   -   Time 404;    -   Bluetooth indicator 405;    -   Battery status indicator 406;    -   Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as:        -   Icon 416 for telephone module 138, labeled “Phone,” which            optionally includes an indicator 414 of the number of missed            calls or voicemail messages;        -   Icon 418 for e-mail client module 140, labeled “Mail,” which            optionally includes an indicator 410 of the number of unread            e-mails;        -   Icon 420 for browser module 147, labeled “Browser;” and        -   Icon 422 for video and music player module 152, also            referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152,            labeled “iPod;” and    -   Icons for other applications, such as:        -   Icon 424 for IM module 141, labeled “Messages;”        -   Icon 426 for calendar module 148, labeled “Calendar;”        -   Icon 428 for image management module 144, labeled “Photos;”        -   Icon 430 for camera module 143, labeled “Camera;”        -   Icon 432 for online video module 155, labeled “Online            Video;”        -   Icon 434 for stocks widget 149-2, labeled “Stocks;”        -   Icon 436 for map module 154, labeled “Map;”        -   Icon 438 for weather widget 149-1, labeled “Weather;”        -   Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled “Clock;”        -   Icon 442 for workout support module 142, labeled “Workout            Support;”        -   Icon 444 for notes module 153, labeled “Notes;” and        -   Icon 446 for a settings application or module, which            provides access to settings for device 100 and its various            applications 136.

It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG. 4A aremerely exemplary. For example, in some embodiments, icon 422 for videoand music player module 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Otherlabels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In someembodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a nameof an application corresponding to the respective application icon. Insome embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinctfrom a name of an application corresponding to the particularapplication icon.

FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g.,device 300, FIG. 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tabletor touchpad 355, FIG. 3) that is separate from the display 450. Althoughmany of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputson touch screen display 112 (where the touch sensitive surface and thedisplay are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs ona touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown inFIG. 4B. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 inFIG. 4B) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4B) that corresponds to aprimary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4B) on the display (e.g., 450). Inaccordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g.,460 and 462 in FIG. 4B) with the touch-sensitive surface 451 atlocations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g.,in FIG. 4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470). In thisway, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and movements thereof)detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG.4B) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on thedisplay (e.g., 450 in FIG. 4B) of the multifunction device when thetouch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should beunderstood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other userinterfaces described herein.

Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily withreference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures,finger swipe gestures, etc.), it should be understood that, in someembodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with inputfrom another input device (e.g., a mouse based input or a stylus input).For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click(e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor alongthe path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). Asanother example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouseclick while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture(e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detectthe contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneouslydetected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are,optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are,optionally, used simultaneously.

As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input elementthat indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user isinteracting. In some implementations that include a cursor or otherlocation marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector,” so that when aninput (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface(e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B)while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., abutton, window, slider or other user interface element), the particularuser interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detectedinput. In some implementations that include a touch-screen display(e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1A or the touch screenin FIG. 4A) that enables direct interaction with user interface elementson the touch-screen display, a detected contact on the touch-screen actsas a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by thecontact) is detected on the touch-screen display at a location of aparticular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider orother user interface element), the particular user interface element isadjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations,focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region ofthe user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor ormovement of a contact on a touch-screen display (e.g., by using a tabkey or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); inthese implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance withmovement of focus between different regions of the user interface.Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, thefocus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on atouch-screen display) that is controlled by the user so as tocommunicate the user's intended interaction with the user interface(e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interfacewith which the user is intending to interact). For example, the locationof a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) overa respective button while a press input is detected on thetouch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicatethat the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposedto other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).

As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of acontact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure(force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact or a styluscontact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) forthe force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. Theintensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least fourdistinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values(e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined(or measured) using various approaches and various sensors orcombinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensorsunderneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally,used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface.In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensorsare combined (e.g., a weighted average or a sum) to determine anestimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of astylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on thetouch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact areadetected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, thecapacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contactand/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitivesurface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally,used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on thetouch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitutemeasurements for contact force or pressure are used directly todetermine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., theintensity threshold is described in units corresponding to thesubstitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitutemeasurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimatedforce or pressure and the estimated force or pressure is used todetermine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., theintensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units ofpressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a userinput allows for user access to additional device functionality that mayotherwise not be readily accessible by the user on a reduced-size devicewith limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on atouch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via atouch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or aphysical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).

In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or moreintensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has beenperformed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” onan icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensitythresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g.,the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholdsof particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changingthe physical hardware of device 100). For example, a mouse “click”threshold of a trackpad or touch-screen display can be set to any of alarge range of predefined thresholds values without changing thetrackpad or touch-screen display hardware. Additionally, in someimplementations a user of the device is provided with software settingsfor adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., byadjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting aplurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click“intensity” parameter).

As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristicintensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact basedon one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, thecharacteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. Thecharacteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number ofintensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during apredetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting thecontact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or afterdetecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an endof the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity ofthe contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity ofthe contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionallybased on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of thecontact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an averagevalue of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value ofthe intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of theintensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of theintensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, theduration of the contact is used in determining the characteristicintensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of theintensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, thecharacteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensitythresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by auser. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds mayinclude a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. Inthis example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does notexceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact witha characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity thresholdand does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a secondoperation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceedsthe second intensity threshold results in a third operation. In someembodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and oneor more intensity thresholds is used to determine whether or not toperform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respectiveoption or forgo performing the respective operation) rather than beingused to determine whether to perform a first operation or a secondoperation.

In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposesof determining a characteristic intensity. For example, atouch-sensitive surface may receive a continuous swipe contacttransitioning from a start location and reaching an end location (e.g.,a drag gesture), at which point the intensity of the contact increases.In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the endlocation may be based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact,and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipecontact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithmmay be applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior todetermining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example,the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: anunweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothingalgorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponentialsmoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithmseliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contactfor purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.

The user interface figures described herein optionally include variousintensity diagrams that show the current intensity of the contact on thetouch-sensitive surface relative to one or more intensity thresholds(e.g., a contact detection intensity threshold IT₀, a light pressintensity threshold IT_(L), a deep press intensity threshold IT_(D)(e.g., that is at least initially higher than I_(L)), and/or one or moreother intensity thresholds (e.g., an intensity threshold I_(H) that islower than I_(L))). This intensity diagram is typically not part of thedisplayed user interface, but is provided to aid in the interpretationof the figures. In some embodiments, the light press intensity thresholdcorresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operationstypically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or atrackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity thresholdcorresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operationsthat are different from operations typically associated with clicking abutton of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when acontact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the lightpress intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detectionintensity threshold IT₀ below which the contact is no longer detected),the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of thecontact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operationassociated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep pressintensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensitythresholds are consistent between different sets of user interfacefigures.

In some embodiments, the response of the device to inputs detected bythe device depends on criteria based on the contact intensity during theinput. For example, for some “light press” inputs, the intensity of acontact exceeding a first intensity threshold during the input triggersa first response. In some embodiments, the response of the device toinputs detected by the device depends on criteria that include both thecontact intensity during the input and time-based criteria. For example,for some “deep press” inputs, the intensity of a contact exceeding asecond intensity threshold during the input, greater than the firstintensity threshold for a light press, triggers a second response onlyif a delay time has elapsed between meeting the first intensitythreshold and meeting the second intensity threshold. This delay time istypically less than 200 ms in duration (e.g., 40, 100, or 120 ms,depending on the magnitude of the second intensity threshold, with thedelay time increasing as the second intensity threshold increases). Thisdelay time helps to avoid accidental deep press inputs. As anotherexample, for some “deep press” inputs, there is a reduced-sensitivitytime period that occurs after the time at which the first intensitythreshold is met. During the reduced-sensitivity time period, the secondintensity threshold is increased. This temporary increase in the secondintensity threshold also helps to avoid accidental deep press inputs.For other deep press inputs, the response to detection of a deep pressinput does not depend on time-based criteria.

In some embodiments, one or more of the input intensity thresholdsand/or the corresponding outputs vary based on one or more factors, suchas user settings, contact motion, input timing, application running,rate at which the intensity is applied, number of concurrent inputs,user history, environmental factors (e.g., ambient noise), focusselector position, and the like. Exemplary factors are described in U.S.patent application Ser. Nos. 14/399,606 and 14/624,296, which areincorporated by reference herein in their entireties.

For example, FIG. 4C illustrates a dynamic intensity threshold 480 thatchanges over time based in part on the intensity of touch input 476 overtime. Dynamic intensity threshold 480 is a sum of two components, firstcomponent 474 that decays over time after a predefined delay time p1from when touch input 476 is initially detected, and second component478 that trails the intensity of touch input 476 over time. The initialhigh intensity threshold of first component 474 reduces accidentaltriggering of a “deep press” response, while still allowing an immediate“deep press” response if touch input 476 provides sufficient intensity.Second component 478 reduces unintentional triggering of a “deep press”response by gradual intensity fluctuations of in a touch input. In someembodiments, when touch input 476 satisfies dynamic intensity threshold480 (e.g., at point 481 in FIG. 4C), the “deep press” response istriggered.

FIG. 4D illustrates another dynamic intensity threshold 486 (e.g.,intensity threshold I_(D)). FIG. 4D also illustrates two other intensitythresholds: a first intensity threshold I_(H) and a second intensitythreshold I_(L). In FIG. 4D, although touch input 484 satisfies thefirst intensity threshold I_(H) and the second intensity threshold I_(L)prior to time p2, no response is provided until delay time p2 haselapsed at time 482. Also in FIG. 4D, dynamic intensity threshold 486decays over time, with the decay starting at time 488 after a predefineddelay time p1 has elapsed from time 482 (when the response associatedwith the second intensity threshold I_(L) was triggered). This type ofdynamic intensity threshold reduces accidental triggering of a responseassociated with the dynamic intensity threshold I_(D) immediately after,or concurrently with, triggering a response associated with a lowerintensity threshold, such as the first intensity threshold I_(H) or thesecond intensity threshold I_(L).

FIG. 4E illustrate yet another dynamic intensity threshold 492 (e.g.,intensity threshold I_(D)). In FIG. 4E, a response associated with theintensity threshold I_(L) is triggered after the delay time p2 haselapsed from when touch input 490 is initially detected. Concurrently,dynamic intensity threshold 492 decays after the predefined delay timep1 has elapsed from when touch input 490 is initially detected. So adecrease in intensity of touch input 490 after triggering the responseassociated with the intensity threshold I_(L), followed by an increasein the intensity of touch input 490, without releasing touch input 490,can trigger a response associated with the intensity threshold I_(D)(e.g., at time 494) even when the intensity of touch input 490 is belowanother intensity threshold, for example, the intensity threshold I_(L).

An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensitybelow the light press intensity threshold IT_(L) to an intensity betweenthe light press intensity threshold IT_(L) and the deep press intensitythreshold IT_(D) is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. Anincrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensitybelow the deep press intensity threshold IT_(D) to an intensity abovethe deep press intensity threshold IT_(D) is sometimes referred to as a“deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of thecontact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensitythreshold IT₀ to an intensity between the contact-detection intensitythreshold IT₀ and the light press intensity threshold IT_(L) issometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. Adecrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensityabove the contact-detection intensity threshold IT₀ to an intensitybelow the contact-detection intensity threshold IT₀ is sometimesreferred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface.In some embodiments IT₀ is zero. In some embodiments, IT₀ is greaterthan zero. In some illustrations a shaded circle or oval is used torepresent intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In someillustrations, a circle or oval without shading is used represent arespective contact on the touch-sensitive surface without specifying theintensity of the respective contact.

In some embodiments, described herein, one or more operations areperformed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respectivepress input or in response to detecting the respective press inputperformed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), wherethe respective press input is detected based at least in part ondetecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality ofcontacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments,the respective operation is performed in response to detecting theincrease in intensity of the respective contact above the press-inputintensity threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on a“down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, thepress input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contactabove the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease inintensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, andthe respective operation is performed in response to detecting thesubsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below thepress-input threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on an“up stroke” of the respective press input).

In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoidaccidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines orselects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationshipto the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensitythreshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensitythreshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or somereasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, insome embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity ofthe respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and asubsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresisintensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensitythreshold, and the respective operation is performed in response todetecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contactbelow the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., the respective operationis performed on an “up stroke” of the respective press input).Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only whenthe device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from anintensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensityat or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, asubsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at orbelow the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation isperformed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increasein intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact,depending on the circumstances).

For ease of explanation, the description of operations performed inresponse to a press input associated with a press-input intensitythreshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are,optionally, triggered in response to detecting: an increase in intensityof a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase inintensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensitythreshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, adecrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensitythreshold, or a decrease in intensity of the contact below thehysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-inputintensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation isdescribed as being performed in response to detecting a decrease inintensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, theoperation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decreasein intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity thresholdcorresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold.As described above, in some embodiments, the triggering of theseresponses also depends on time-based criteria being met (e.g., a delaytime has elapsed between a first intensity threshold being met and asecond intensity threshold being met).

User Interfaces and Associated Processes

Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”)and associated processes that may be implemented on an electronicdevice, such as portable multifunction device 100 or device 300, with adisplay, a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensorsto detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.

FIGS. 5A-5K illustrate exemplary user interfaces for capturing a groupedsequence of related images in accordance with some embodiments. The userinterfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processesdescribed below, including the processes in FIGS. 9A-9G, 10A-10M,11A-11I, 12A-12B, 24A-24E, 25A-25C, 26A-26D, and 27A-27E. Forconvenience of explanation, some of the embodiments will be discussedwith reference to operations performed on a device with atouch-sensitive display system 112. In such embodiments, the focusselector is, optionally: a respective finger or stylus contact, arepresentative point corresponding to a finger or stylus contact (e.g.,a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with arespective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected onthe touch-sensitive display system 112. However, analogous operationsare, optionally, performed on a device with a display 450 and a separatetouch-sensitive surface 451 in response to detecting the contacts on thetouch-sensitive surface 451 while displaying the user interfaces shownin the figures on the display 450, along with a focus selector.

FIG. 5A illustrates a media capture user interface 500 for displaying alive preview on touch screen 112. The live preview illustrated in FIG.5A is a preview of images obtained from a camera in portablemultifunction device 100 (e.g., camera module 143 together with opticalsensor 164). The live preview on media capture user interface 500displays images obtained from the camera in real time or near-real-time(e.g., within an amount of processing time needed by portablemultifunction device 100 to produce the displayed image). Thus, in theexample shown in FIG. 5A, the user is looking at a scene with a seagull502 flying in the sky over a tree 504 and portable multifunction device100 is reproducing the scene in real time or near-real time on touchscreen 112. In some embodiments, the live preview displays images at afirst resolution (e.g., that is lower than an upper resolution limit ofthe camera).

In this example, portable multifunction device 100, while in the livepreview, is configured to be in an enhanced media acquisition mode(e.g., in which portable multifunction device 100 is configured toobtain enhanced photos) or another media acquisition mode (e.g., inwhich portable multifunction device 100 is configure to capture stillimages, video, burst images, or any other type of image). In someembodiments, media capture user interface 500 includes an affordance 506for enabling the enhanced media acquisition mode (e.g., turning/togglingenhance media acquisition mode on/off). In some embodiments, mediacapture user interface 500 includes a visual indication that theenhanced media acquisition mode is off. For example, in FIG. 5A,affordance 506 displays the word “OFF.”

In some embodiments, when the enhanced media acquisition mode is on,portable multifunction device 100 provides a visual indication that theenhanced media acquisition mode is on (e.g., to indicate that imageand/or audio data is being captured while media capture user interface500 is displayed). For example, as shown in FIGS. 5C-5H, when theenhanced media acquisition mode is on, affordance 506 is animated withan animation showing a clock with a dial 508 that progresses around theclock.

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5B, portable multifunction device100 detects selection of affordance 506 (e.g., detects tap gesture 510on affordance 506) while the enhanced media acquisition mode isdisabled. In response, portable multifunction device 100 enables theenhanced media acquisition mode (as illustrated in FIGS. 5C-5H by theanimation of affordance 506).

Portable multifunction device 100 captures media (e.g., images and/oraudio) when the enhanced media acquisition mode is on. For example,because the enhanced video mode is on in FIGS. 5C-5E, image 512-1 (FIG.5C), image 512-2 (FIG. 5D), and image 512-3 (FIG. 5E) are captured(e.g., stored in persistent memory). In some embodiments, audiocorresponding to the images is also captured (e.g., with microphone 113)and associated with the images (e.g., for subsequent playback with theimages, as shown in FIGS. 6E-6I). In some embodiments, other information(e.g., metadata, such as time, location, or event data) is obtained andassociated with the captured images (e.g., for subsequent display, asshown in FIGS. 6J-6M).

Media capture user interface 500 includes a shutter button 514(illustrated as a shutter release icon). As shown in FIG. 5F, mediacapture user interface 500 is configured to detect activation of shutterbutton 514 (e.g., through tap gesture 518). In response to detectingactivation of the shutter button 514, portable multifunction device 100groups a plurality of images 512 acquired by the camera in temporalproximity to the activation of shutter button 514 into a sequence ofimages (e.g., a so-called “enhanced photo”). The enhanced photo includessome images 512 that were taken before tap gesture 518 (e.g., at leastsome of image 512-1, image 512-2, and image 512-3, which as noted aboveare stored in persistent memory), a representative image (e.g., image512-4, FIG. 5F, that corresponds to the shutter activation), and someimages taken after tap gesture 518 (e.g., image 512-5, FIG. 5G, image512-6, FIG. 5H).

In some embodiments, the representative image is analogous to a singleimage captured in the still image mode of a conventional digital camerawhen its shutter button is activated. In some embodiments,representative image 512-4 corresponds to an image that was acquired atthe time shutter button 514 was activated by tap gesture 518. In someembodiments, representative image 512-4 corresponds to an image that wasacquired shortly after detecting activation of the shutter button 514,at a time that takes into account shutter lag (the time delay betweendetecting activation of the shutter button and capturing/storing therepresentative image). In some embodiments, representative image 512-4acquired by the camera is used to represent the sequence of images, forexample in an image presentation mode (as shown in FIG. 6A).

As noted above, in some embodiments, the live preview displays images ata first resolution. In some embodiments, the sequence of images 512includes images, at the first resolution, that were displayed in thelive preview, while representative image 512-4 acquired by the camerahas a second resolution that is higher than the first resolution. Forexample, as shown in FIG. 5I, the sequence of images 512 includes (inchronological order): image 512-2; image 512-3; image 512-4; image512-5; and image 512-6, where image 512-4 is the representative image.In some embodiments, representative image 512-4 is stored at a higherresolution than image 512-2, image 512-3, image 512-5, or image 512-6.

As shown in FIGS. 5F-5H, in some embodiments, after activation ofshutter button 514, media capture user interface 500 displays ananimation while it captures the remaining images that will be includedin the grouped sequence of images (e.g., the animation is displayedwhile portable multifunction device 100 captures representative image512-4 and the images acquired after representative image 512-4). InFIGS. 5F-5H, media capture user interface 500 displays an animation ofshutter button 514 breaking apart and flying back together (e.g., so asto provide the user with an indication that images and/or audio arestill being captured). In some embodiments, the animation is a loopinganimation that can be seamlessly extended if shutter button 514 is helddown or activated again before the camera is finished acquiring imagesfor the sequence of images.

In some embodiments, upon completion of capturing the sequence ofimages, portable multifunction device 100 returns to the functionalitydescribed with respect to FIG. 5A, so that a second sequence of imagescan be obtained by the user in an analogous manner to capture of thesequence of images described above.

As shown in FIGS. 5I-5K, in some embodiments, portable multifunctiondevice 100 displays a second user interface 520 for editing and/orconfiguring the sequence of images (e.g., second user interface 520 is auser interface in an image sequence editing mode). In FIG. 5I, theimages 512 that are included in the sequence of images are those with asolid boundary: image 512-2; image 512-3; image 512-4; image 512-5; andimage 512-6, where image 512-4 is the representative image. Thus, image512-2 is the initial image in the sequence of images and there is oneimage (image 512-3) between initial image 512-2 and representative image512-4 (although, in some embodiments, there are a greater integer numberof images between the initial image and the representative image, suchat 5, 10, or 30 images). Image 512-6 is the final image in the sequenceof images and there is one image (image 512-5) between representativeimage 512-4 and final image 512-6 (although, in some embodiments, thereare a greater integer number of images between the representative imageand the final image, such at 5, 10, or 30 images, and this number neednot be the same as the number of images between the initial image andthe representative image). The bold border surrounding image 512-4 inFIG. 5I indicates that it is the representative image.

As shown in FIG. 5J, second user interface 520 is configured to receivea request to change the representative image in the sequence of images(e.g., receive a touch gesture 522 over an image that is not the currentrepresentative image 512-4). As shown in FIG. 5K, the device responds totouch gesture 522 by changing the representative image to image 512-3(which has the bold border in FIG. 5K, signifying that it is the newrepresentative image). In some embodiments, the number of images betweenthe initial image and the representative image as well as the number ofimages between the representative image and the final image are fixed,so that portable multifunction device 100 changes the sequence of imagesby adding images to the sequence of images at one end and removing(e.g., deleting, or not including) images at the other end. For example,in FIG. 5K, image 512-1 has been added to the sequence of images to keepthe number of images between the initial image and the representativeimage fixed, while image 512-6 has been removed from the sequence ofimages to keep the number of images between the representative image andthe final image fixed.

FIGS. 6A-6FF illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying (orreplaying) a grouped sequence of related images, sometimes referred toas an enhanced photograph, in accordance with some embodiments. The userinterfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processesdescribed below, including the processes in FIGS. 9A-9G, 10A-10M,11A-11I, 12A-12B, 24A-24E, 25A-25C, 26A-26D, and 27A-27E. Although theexamples which follow will be given with reference to inputs on atouch-screen display (where the touch-sensitive surface and the displayare combined, as shown on portable multifunction device 100), in someembodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface 451that is separate from the display 450, as shown in FIG. 4B.

FIG. 6A illustrates a user interface 600. Portable multifunction device100 displays, in user interface 600, a representative image 602-3 in agrouped sequence of images 602. In some embodiments, user interface 600is a user interface in an image presentation mode. As explained below,the sequence of images 602 includes the representative image 602-3, oneor more images acquired by the camera after acquiring the representativeimage (e.g., image 602-4, FIG. 6C, and image 602-5, FIG. 6D), as well asone or more images acquired by the camera before acquiring therepresentative image (e.g., image 602-1, FIG. 6E, and image 602-2, FIG.6F).

In some embodiments, user interface 600 is a user interface in an imagemanagement application (e.g., Photos from Apple Inc. of Cupertino,Calif.). To that end, in some embodiments, the camera that took thesequence of images 602 is part of portable multifunction device 100(e.g., the camera comprises optical sensors 164 conjunction with imagingmodule 143, FIG. 1A). In some embodiments, the sequence of images 602was taken by a camera that is not part of portable multifunction device100 (e.g., the sequence of images 602 was transferred to portablemultifunction device 100 after being taken with a camera on anotherdevice). In some embodiments, the sequence of images 602 was obtained inresponse to detecting activation of a shutter button at a first time, asdescribed herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method 900 and/or FIGS.22A-22D and method 2600. In some embodiments, the representative image602-3 corresponds to the representative image acquired by the camera, asdescribed herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method 900 and/or FIGS.22A-22D and method 2600.

In some embodiments, portable multifunction device 100 stores aplurality of grouped sequences of images, some of which were acquiredusing portable multifunction device 100 and some of which weretransferred to portable multifunction device 100 after being taken witha camera on a different device. For example, in some circumstances, auser may obtain (e.g., take, capture) sequences of images, as describedwith reference to methods 900/2600, on a plurality of devices (e.g., atablet, a laptop, and/or a digital camera, all in addition to portablemultifunction device 100) and synchronize or otherwise transfer thesequences of images onto portable multifunction device 100.

In some embodiments, user interface 600 is a user interface in amessaging application (e.g., Messages from Apple Inc. of Cupertino,Calif.). In some circumstance, a user may have obtained (e.g., taken,captured) a respective sequence of images on her own portablemultifunction device 100 and also have received a different sequence ofimages from a different user (e.g., in a messaging application). Thus,in some embodiments, the sequence of images 602 is a respective sequenceof images in a plurality of sequences of images stored on portablemultifunction device 100 that includes at least one sequence of imagesobtained using a camera on portable multifunction device 100 and atleast one sequence of images that was obtained using a camera on adifferent device, distinct from portable multifunction device 100.

In some embodiments, representative image 602-3 is displayed in userinterface 600 when portable multifunction device 100 is in a collectionview mode.

User interface 600 optionally includes one more toolbars. For example,as shown, user interface 600 includes an operations toolbar 604 thatincludes a plurality of affordances 606 (e.g., send affordance 606-1that allows the user to send the sequence of images 602 to other usersusing e-mail, messaging, or other applications; edit affordance 606-2that brings up a user interface for editing the sequence of images 602;a favorites affordance 606-3 through which the user may indicate thatthe sequence of images 602 is one of her favorites; and deleteaffordance 606-4 that allows the user to delete sequence of images 602).As another example, user interface 600 includes a navigation toolbar 608that includes another plurality of affordances (e.g., all photosaffordance 610-1 that, when activated, navigates to a user interface fornavigating the user's photos; and “done” affordance 610-2 that, whenactivated, navigates to a different user interface, such as a userinterface for obtaining a photo).

The sequence of images 602 shown in FIGS. 6A-6V depicts a scene in whicha cat 612 walks into the field of view, rolls his back on the ground,and gets up and walks away. Meanwhile, a chirping bird 614 lands on abranch. While in reality, such a scene may take several seconds tounfold, in some embodiments, the sequence of images 602 is captured in ashort temporal window. For example, in some embodiments, the sequence ofimages 602 depicts the moment surrounding (e.g., within 0.5, 1.0, 1.5,2.0, or 2.5 seconds) the instant when representative image 602-3 wasobtained. For example, the user's interest may have been piqued when cat612 began rolling in the grass, prompting the user to takerepresentative image 602-3. In some embodiments, the sequence of images602 includes images just before and just after representative image602-3 was obtained, such that the sequence of images 602 comprises anenhanced photo through which the moment can “come to life” when the userperforms certain operations with respect to representative image 602-3,as described herein.

FIG. 6B illustrates a first portion 616-1 of a first input 616 detectedby portable multifunction device 100 while portable multifunction device100 displays user interface 600. In particular, while portablemultifunction device 100 displays the representative image 602-3 on userinterface 600, which is displayed on touch screen 112, portablemultifunction device 100 detects the first portion 616-1 of first input616. In some embodiments, the operations illustrated in FIGS. 6B-6O areperformed in accordance with a determination that first input 616 meetspredefined criteria (e.g., predefined enhanced photo display criteria).For example, in some embodiments, the operations illustrated in FIGS.6B-6O are performed (e.g., triggered) when first input 616, or the firstportion 616-1, is a press-and-hold gesture, as illustrated in FIGS.6B-6O. In some embodiments, portable multifunction device 100 includesone or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with touch screen112, and the operations illustrated in FIGS. 6B-6O are performed (e.g.,triggered) when first input 616 has a characteristic intensity thatmeets (e.g., satisfies) predefined intensity criteria (e.g., first input616 exceeds light press threshold IT_(L) as shown in intensity diagram618, a diagram which is not part of displayed user interface 600, butwhich is provided to aid in the interpretation of the figures). In someembodiments, the operations illustrated in FIGS. 6B-6O are performed(e.g., triggered) when first input 616, or the first portion 616-1, haspredefined path characteristics (e.g., stationary, as is the case with apress-and-hold gesture, or substantially linear, as is the case in aswipe/drag gesture) and meets predefined intensity criteria (e.g.,exceeds a predefined intensity threshold). For the purposes ofexplanation, the operations illustrated in FIGS. 6B-6O are describedbelow as being triggered by a press-and-hold gesture that exceeds lightpress threshold IT_(L) as shown in intensity diagram 618.

FIG. 6C illustrates portable multifunction device 100's response to acontinuation (from FIG. 6B) of the first portion 616-1 of first input616 detected while portable multifunction device 100 displays userinterface 600. In particular, as shown in FIGS. 6B-6D, in response todetecting the first portion 616-1 of first input 616, portablemultifunction device 100 replaces display of the representative imagewithin user interface 600 with display, within user interface 600, ofthe one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringrepresentative image 602-3. In accordance with some embodiments, the oneor more images acquired by the camera after acquiring representativeimage 602-3 are displayed in sequence while the first portion 616-1 offirst input 616 is detected. To that end, FIG. 6C illustrates display ofimage 602-4, which is the next image acquired after representative image602-3 in the sequence of images 602. In image 602-4, cat 612 has stoodup after rolling his back on the ground and begun to walk away. Bird 614remains perched in the tree. Thus, image 602-4 is an image that wastaken after respective image 602-3.

FIG. 6D illustrates portable multifunction device 100's response to acontinuation (from FIG. 6C) of the first portion 616-1 of first input616 detected while portable multifunction device 100 displays userinterface 600. In FIG. 6D, portable multifunction device 100 replacesdisplay of image 602-4 within user interface 600 with display, withinuser interface 600, of image 602-5, which is the last image acquired bythe camera after acquiring representative image 602-3 in the sequence ofimages 602. Thus, FIGS. 6A-6D illustrate an example in which there aretwo images in the sequence of images 602 that were acquired afterrepresentative image 602-3. It should be understood, however, that invarious embodiments and/or circumstances, a sequence of images mayinclude a different (e.g., integer) number of images acquired by thecamera after acquiring representative image 602-3 (e.g., 2, 5, 10, or 20images).

In image 602-5, cat 612 has walked partially out of the field of viewand bird 614 remains perched in the tree (e.g., image 602-5 is an imagethat was taken after respective image 602-4). Thus, FIGS. 6B-6Dillustrate an example where, in accordance with some embodiments, asufficiently deep press-and-hold gesture causes the enhanced photo to bedisplayed forward starting from the representative image, therebycreating an impression that the image has come to life. In someembodiments, unless first input 616 is terminated during the firstportion 616-1, the first portion 616-1 of first input 616 lasts (e.g.,has a duration of) an amount of time it takes to replace, in sequence,all of the images in the sequence of images 602 that were acquired bythe camera after acquiring representative image 602-3. In suchembodiments, a portion of first input 616 that occurs after the amountof time it takes to replace, in sequence, all of the images in thesequence of images 602 that were acquired by the camera after acquiringrepresentative image 602-3 is not considered part of the first portion616-1 but is rather considered a subsequent portion of first input 616,as described below.

In some embodiments, the one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring representative image 602-3 are displayed, in response todetecting the first portion 616-1 of first input 616, in sequence at arate that is based on an intensity of a contact in the first portion616-1 of first input 616 as shown in intensity diagram 618 (e.g., therate of display increases as an intensity of a contact in the firstportion 616-1 of first input 616 increases, and the rate of displaydecreases as an intensity of a contact in the first portion 616-1 offirst input 616 decreases). In some embodiments, during sequentialdisplay of the sequence of images 602 during the first portion 616-1 offirst input 616, portable multifunction device 100 dwells on eachrespective image in the sequence of images 602 for a duration of timeproportional (or inversely proportional) to a characteristic intensityof the first input 616 while the respective image is displayed. So, forexample, in such embodiments, portable multifunction device 100 dwellson representative image 602-3 (FIG. 6B) and image 602-4 (FIG. 6C) for ashorter period of time than image 602-5 (FIG. 6D) because the intensityof first input 616 is higher during display of representative image602-3 (FIG. 6B) and image 602-4 (FIG. 6C) than during display of image602-5 (FIG. 6D), as shown by the intensity diagrams 618 in therespective figures.

In some embodiments, after this initial dependence of the display rateon contact intensity in first input 616, subsequent displays of thesequence of images 602 (in response to detecting later portions of firstinput 616, as described below) occur at fixed display rates, independentof the contact intensity in later portions of first input 616. So, forexample, portable multifunction device 100 dwells on image 602-1 (FIG.6E) and image 602-2 (FIG. 6F) for an equal duration of time, despite thedifference in the intensity of first input 616, as shown by theintensity diagrams 618 in the respective figures.

In some embodiments, as described below with reference to FIGS. 6E-6I,after portable multifunction device 100 displays, in response todetecting the first portion 616-1 of first input 616, the one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring representative image602-3, the device 100 loops back around and displays the entire sequenceof images 602 in response to a second portion 616-2 of first input 616(or displays the entire sequence of images 602 as long as first input616 and/or its intensity is maintained). In some embodiments, a crossfade animation is displayed from the end of the sequence of images 602to the beginning of the sequence of images 602 when the sequence ofimages 602 is looped or displayed again.

FIG. 6E illustrates a situation in which, after detecting the firstportion 616-1 of first input 616, portable multifunction device 100detects a second portion 616-2 of first input 616 (e.g., portablemultifunction device 100 continues to detect sufficient contact and/orintensity in a finger gesture). In response to detecting the secondportion 616-2 of first input 616, as shown in FIGS. 6E-6I, portablemultifunction device 100 displays, within user interface 600, insequence, the one or more images acquired by the camera before acquiringrepresentative image 616-3 (e.g., image 616-1, FIG. 6E, and image 616-2,FIG. 6F), representative image 602-3 (FIG. 6G), and the one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring representative image(e.g., image 602-4, FIG. 6H, and image 602-5, FIG. 6I). Thus, in someembodiments, in response to detecting the second portion 616-2 of firstinput 616, the entire sequence of images 602 is displayed, from theinitial image to the final image in the sequence (unless, for example,first input 616 is interrupted).

In some embodiments, the second portion 616-2 of first input 616 is aportion that is continuous with and immediately subsequent to the firstportion 616-1 of first input 616. In some embodiments, unless firstinput 616 is terminated during the second portion 616-2, the secondportion 616-2 of first input 616 lasts (e.g., has a duration of) anamount of time it takes to replace, in sequence, all of the images inthe sequence of images 602.

In image 602-1 (FIG. 6E), cat 612 is beginning to enter the field ofview and bird 614 has not yet landed on the perch. In image 602-2 (FIG.6F), cat 612 has fully entered the field of view and bird 614 has landedon the perch. Thus, image 602-2 is an image that was taken after image602-1, and both images 602-1 and 602-2 where taken before representativeimage 602-3 (FIG. 6G). (Respective images are the same in the variousfigures in which they are displayed. For example, image 602-4 is thesame in FIG. 6C and FIG. 6H. For brevity, aspects of these figures thathave been described with reference to other figures are not repeated).

In some embodiments, one difference between the sequential display,during the first portion 616-1 of first input 616, of the one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring representative image 602-3(as shown in FIGS. 6B-6D) and the sequential display, during the secondportion 616-2 of first input 616, of the entire sequence of images 602(as shown in FIGS. 6E-6I) is that, in response to detecting the secondportion 616-2 of first input 616, portable multifunction device 100presents audio 620 (e.g., via speaker 111) that corresponds to thesequence of images 602. This is illustrated in FIGS. 6F-6I by the words“chirp” emanating from bird 614. (In this example, the words “chirp” donot appear in the image, but are provided in the figures to indicateaudio produced by speaker 111.) In some embodiments, in response todetecting the second portion 616-2 of first input 616, the entiresequence of images 602 is displayed with corresponding audio 620 thatwas recorded when the sequence of images 602 was acquired. In someembodiments, audio is not presented in response to detecting the firstportion 616-1 of first input 616. In some embodiments, if first input616 is maintained after the first complete playback of the sequence ofimages 602 (e.g., in response to detecting the second portion 616-2 offirst input 616), the audio is not presented again during subsequentplaybacks of the sequence in response to continued detection of firstinput 616 (as explained with reference to FIGS. 6J-6M, which illustratea second playback of the entire sequence of images 602). In someembodiments, for a given input, audio is only presented during the firstcomplete playback of the sequence of images 602. In some embodiments,for a given input, the audio is only presented during a differentsubsequent playback of the sequence of images 602 (e.g., the secondcomplete playback of the sequence of images 602) or during a number ofpredefined playbacks (e.g., the first and second complete playbacks ofthe sequence of images 602).

In some embodiments, the sequence of images 602 is displayed, inresponse to detecting the second portion 616-2 of first input 616 (e.g.,during the first complete playback), in sequence at a fixed rate (e.g.,at the same rate at which the images were obtained, also called a “1×”rate). For example, in some embodiments, audio is presented during thefirst complete playback at 1× rate and the corresponding sequence ofimages 602 are displayed at a 1× rate, giving the playback a naturallook and sound. In some embodiments, a 1× rate means that portablemultifunction device 100 dwells upon a respective image for an amount oftime substantially the same as the amount of time that elapsed betweenobtaining the respective image and the next image.

In some embodiments, images in the sequence of images 602 aresequentially displayed at a fixed rate, independent of the intensity ofa contact in first input 616. For example, portable multifunction device100 dwells on image 602-1 (FIG. 6E) and image 602-2 (FIG. 6F) for thesame length of time, despite the different input intensities shown inthe intensity diagrams 618 in the respective figures. In someembodiments, during the second portion 616-2 of first input 616, therate at which images in the sequence of images 602 are sequentiallydisplayed depends on the intensity of a contact of first input 616. Forexample, the rate increases as the intensity of the contact increases.

In some embodiments, as described below with reference to FIGS. 6J-6M,after portable multifunction device 100 displays the sequence of images602 in response to detecting the second portion 616-2 of first input 616(e.g., the device completes the first complete playback of the sequenceof images 602), device 100 loops back around again and displays theentire sequence of images 602 in response to a third portion 616-3 offirst input 616 (e.g., so long as first input 616 and/or its intensityis maintained). In some embodiments, a cross fade animation is displayedfrom the end of the sequence of images 602 to the beginning to thesequence of images 602 when the sequence of images 602 is looped ordisplayed again.

FIGS. 6J-6M illustrate a situation in which, after detecting the secondportion 616-2 of first input 616, portable multifunction device 100detects a third portion 616-3 of first input 616 (e.g., portablemultifunction device 100 continues to detect sufficient contact and/orintensity in a finger gesture). In response to detecting the thirdportion 616-3 of first input 616, portable multifunction device 100displays, within user interface 600, in sequence, the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring representative image 602-3(e.g., image 602-1, FIG. 6J, and image 602-2, FIG. 6K), representativeimage 616-3 (FIG. 6L), and the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring representative image (e.g., image 602-4, FIG. 6M).However, in the example shown, first input 616 is terminated during thethird portion 616-3, resulting in different functionality described ingreater detail below. Thus, in some embodiments, in response todetecting the third portion 616-3 of first input 616, the entiresequence of images 602 is displayed, from the initial image to the finalimage in the sequence, unless first input 616 is interrupted (e.g.,discontinued) before completing display of the entire sequence of images602. In some embodiments, the looping continues as long as first input616 is maintained, although different functionality and/or operationsare optionally available (or performed) on different loops. For example,as described above, portable multifunction device 100 provides audio onthe first complete playback. Similarly, in some embodiments, in responseto detecting the third portion 616-3 of first input 616, and displayingthe second complete playback, portable multifunction device 100 displaysmetadata 622 that corresponds to the sequence of images 602 (e.g.,showing a date, time, location, or any other information associated withthe sequence of images 602).

As noted above, FIGS. 6J-6O illustrate an example in which first input616 is discontinued (e.g., by liftoff, or a drop in intensity below thepredefined threshold IT₀, as shown by intensity diagram 618, FIG. 6N)during the third portion 616-3. FIGS. 6N-6O illustrate operations thatoccur, in accordance with some embodiments, in response to termination(e.g., discontinuation or suspension) of first input 616 during thethird portion 616-3. In some embodiments, analogous operations areperformed when the first input 616 is terminated during the secondportion 616-2 or the first portion 616-1 of the first input 616. In someembodiments, when first input 616 is terminated, portable multifunctiondevice 100 determines if the currently displayed image occurs before orafter representative image 602-3. When the currently displayed imageoccurs after (e.g., was taken after) representative image 602-3, asshown in FIGS. 6N-6O, portable multifunction device 100 sequentiallydisplays the sequence of images 602 from the currently displayed image(e.g., image 602-4, FIG. 6N) to representative image 602-3 in reversechronological order (e.g., portable multifunction device 100 backtracksto representative image 602-3). Conversely, when the currently displayedimage occurs before (e.g., was taken before) representative image 602-3,portable multifunction device 100 sequentially displays the sequence ofimages 602 from the currently displayed image to representative image602-3 in chronological order (e.g., portable multifunction device 100advances the loop, in forward order, up to representative image 602-3).

In some circumstances, a grouped sequence of images is asymmetrical withrespect to its representative image, meaning that there are an unequalnumber of images that occur before and after the representative image.In some embodiments, portable multifunction device 100 determineswhether there are fewer images between the currently displayed image andthe representative image in the forward- or reverse-chronological orderdirections. Portable multifunction device 100 then sequentially displays(e.g., traverses) the sequence of images in whichever direction hasfewer images between the currently displayed image and therepresentative image.

FIGS. 6P-6V illustrate embodiments in which a user controls display ofimages in a grouped sequence of images by controlling the intensity of apress-and-hold gesture 636. FIG. 6P is analogous to FIG. 6A and isprovided as a starting point to describe the functionality in FIGS.6Q-6V. In some embodiments, when press-and-hold gesture 636 meetspredefined criteria, playback functionality for the sequence of images602 is triggered. For example, when a respective press-and-hold inputremains below press threshold IT_(L), portable multifunction device 100will not replace display of representative image 602-3 in response tothe press-and-hold gesture (e.g., portable multifunction device 100 willinstead perform different functionality). In contrast, whenpress-and-hold gesture 636 exceeds light press threshold IT_(L), asshown in FIG. 6Q, portable multifunction device 100 maps an intensity ofthe press-and-hold gesture 636 (shown in intensity diagram 618) to atleast some of the images in the sequence of images 602. For example,because playback functionality for the sequence of images 602 istriggered in FIG. 6Q, portable multifunction device 100 displaysrepresentative image 602-3 when the intensity of press-and-hold gesture636 is in an intensity range 618-3 (FIG. 6Q and FIG. 6U). Similarly,portable multifunction device 100 displays image 602-1 when theintensity of press-and-hold gesture 636 is in an intensity range 618-1;displays image 602-2 when the intensity of press-and-hold gesture 636 isin an intensity range 618-2 (FIG. 6V); displays image 602-4 when theintensity of press-and-hold gesture 636 is in an intensity range 618-4(FIG. 6T and FIG. 6R); and displays image 602-5 when the intensity ofpress-and-hold gesture 636 is in an intensity range 618-5 (FIG. 6S).Thus, FIGS. 6Q-6V illustrate a user's ability to scrub images in agrouped sequence of images backwards and forwards (e.g., directlycontrol a displayed image in a grouped sequence of images) based on anintensity of a user input (e.g., resulting in a backwards and forwardssmooth animation displaying replacement of images in the groupedsequence of images).

FIG. 6W illustrates embodiments in which a user controls display ofimages obtained after a representative image in a grouped sequence ofimages 656 by controlling an input intensity 654. In the example shownin FIG. 6W, intensity values between light press threshold IT_(L) anddeep press threshold IT_(D) map to respective images that were obtainedafter the representative image in the grouped sequence of images 656.The intensity diagrams shown in FIG. 6W illustrate input intensities 654that map to particular images, as indicated by their arrows, that wereobtained after the representative image in the grouped sequence ofimages 656. So when an input exceeds light press threshold IT_(L), theuser can scrub forwards and then backwards through the images that wereobtained after the representative image in the grouped sequence ofimages by controlling the intensity of the input. In some embodiments,when an input exceeds deep press threshold IT_(D), the group sequence ofimages 656 are replaced (e.g., advance) at a fixed rate (e.g., thedevice plays back the grouped sequence of images 656 at a fixed rate,looping back to the beginning after the final image in the groupsequence of images 656 is displayed). FIG. 6W also illustrates audio 658and metadata 660 that is associated with the grouped sequence of images656 (e.g., and provided with grouped sequence of images 656 as describedabove).

FIG. 6X illustrates embodiments that are largely analogous to theembodiments described with reference to FIGS. 6A-6O, except that device100's response to an initial portion of a user input differs from thoseembodiments described with reference to FIGS. 6A-6O. In particular, inthe embodiments illustrated in FIG. 6X, in response to detecting a firstportion of a user input (e.g., a user input analogous to those describedwith reference to FIGS. 6A-6O), device 100 begins playback by eithertransitioning directly to the initial image in the sequence of images(e.g., as shown in diagram 656) or by playing the sequence of imagesforward briefly (e.g., by playing-forward a few images, as shown indiagram 650) and then cross-fading to the initial image (e.g., ratherthan initially playing the sequence of images forward until the finalimage in the sequence of images).

In FIG. 6X, playback during a user input 648 is represented by one ormore curves (e.g., curve 662 and/or curve 664). Solid portions of thecurves representing playback during user input 648 represent images thatare played back, while dashed portions represent images that are notplayed back, in accordance with some embodiments.

So, for example, in diagram 650, device 100 initially displaysrepresentative image 652. In response to user input 648, device 100plays three images forward (e.g., or one image or ten images, etc.) toimage 660, then replaces display of image 660 with display of initialimage 654. Device 100 then plays the sequence of images forward frominitial image 654, in accordance with any of the embodiments describedabove with reference to FIGS. 6A-6O (e.g., loops through the enhancedphoto with sound, metadata, etc., on subsequent loops). Thus, device 100transitions from displaying representative image 652 to displaying theinitial image 654 (or any other respective prior image) by displayingone or more images acquired after representative image 652. In someembodiments, device 100 cross-fades and/or blurs representative image652 and/or one or more of the images acquired after the representativeimages into initial image 654.

As another example, in diagram 656, device 100 initially displaysrepresentative image 652. In response to user input 648, device 100replaces display of representative image 652 with display of initialimage 654 (or any other respective prior image). Device 100 then playsthe sequence of images forward from initial image 654, in accordancewith any of the embodiments described above with reference to FIGS.6A-6O (e.g., loops through the enhanced photo with sound, metadata,etc., on subsequent loops). Thus, device 100 transitions from displayingrepresentative image 652 to directly displaying initial image 654. Insome embodiments, device 100 cross-fades and/or blurs representativeimage 652 into initial image 654.

In some embodiments, as shown in diagram 656, transitioning fromdisplaying representative image 652 to displaying initial image 654(e.g., the respective prior image) does not include displaying any ofthe one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringrepresentative image 652 (e.g., the device goes straight back to initialimage 654).

In some embodiments, device 100 determines which transition to apply(e.g., the transition shown in diagram 650 or the transition shown indiagram 656) based on characteristics of user input 648 (e.g., acharacteristic contact intensity of the first portion of the first input648). For example, when the first portion of the first input 648 exceedsdeep press threshold IT_(D), as shown in intensity diagram 668-2, device100 transitions in accordance with diagram 656. When the first portionof the first input 648 does not exceed deep press threshold IT_(D), asshown in intensity diagram 668-1, device 100 transitions in accordancewith diagram 650.

In some embodiments, certain images acquired during acquisition of thesequence of images are dropped or fused in generating a sequence ofimages. For example, blurry images are dropped (e.g., not included) inthe sequence of images and/or one or more dark images are combined toincrease the quality of the images in the sequence of images. In somecircumstances, dropping and/or fusing images results in a sequence ofimages that are not evenly spaced temporally. For example, if ten imagesare acquired by a camera per second, but three images are fused to forma respective single image in the sequence of image, the respectivesingle image represents a greater passage of time than the other imagesin the sequence of images. Thus, in some embodiments, playback of thesequence of images is re-timed according to removal and/or fusing ofimages within the sequence of images (e.g., in the example above, whenplaying the sequence of images at 1× playback, device 100 dwells on therespective single image of 0.3 seconds, or three times as long as itotherwise would).

In accordance with some embodiments, FIGS. 6Y-6BB illustrate a userinterface that initially displays a first image in a sequence of images(e.g., an enhanced photo). The user interface plays the sequence ofimages forwards or backwards, in accordance with an intensity of acontact of a user input, in the following manner: a range of intensitiesabove a threshold map to forward rates of movement through the sequenceof images while a range of intensities below the threshold map tobackwards rates of movement through the sequence of images. In someembodiments, the user interface does not loop the sequence of images.So, when the initial image is displayed, a contact with an intensityabove the threshold plays the images forward at a rate proportional tothe contact intensity and stops when the final image is reached. Whenthe user eases off of the contact such that the contact intensity dropsbelow the threshold, the device plays the images backwards at a ratebased on the contact intensity and stops when the initial image isreached.

FIG. 6Y illustrates a user interface 640. In some embodiments, userinterface 640 is a lock-screen user interface. For example, a user maylock device 100 so that she can put device 100 in her pocket withoutinadvertently performing operations on device 100 (e.g., accidentallycalling someone). In some embodiments, when the user wakes up device 100(e.g., by pressing any button), lock screen user interface 640 isdisplayed. In some embodiments, a swipe gesture on touch screen 112initiates a process of unlocking device 100.

Portable multifunction device 100 displays, in user interface 640, arepresentative image 602-1 in a grouped sequence of images 602. In someembodiments, the sequence of images 602 is an enhanced photo that theuser has chosen for her lock screen (e.g., chosen in a settings userinterface). In the example shown in FIGS. 6Y-6BB, the sequence of imagesis an enhanced photo that depicts a scene in which a cat 612 walks intothe field of view and rolls his back on the ground. Meanwhile, a bird614 lands on a branch. In some embodiments, the sequence of imagesincludes one or more images acquired after acquiring the representativeimage (e.g., the representative image 602-1 is an initial image in thesequence of images).

In some embodiments, user interface 640 also includes quick accessinformation 642, such as time and date information.

While displaying representative image 602-1 on touch screen 112, device100 detects an input 644 (e.g., a press-and-hold gesture) for which acharacteristic intensity of a contact on touch screen 112 exceeds anintensity threshold. In this example, the intensity threshold is thelight press threshold IT_(L). As shown in intensity diagram 618 (FIG.6Y), input 644 includes a contact that exceeds light press thresholdIT_(L).

In response to detecting the increase in the characteristic intensity ofthe contact, the device advances in chronological order through the oneor more images acquired after acquiring representative image 602-1 at arate that is determined based at least in part on the characteristicintensity of the contact of input 644. So, for example, display ofrepresentative image 602-1 (FIG. 6Y) is replaced with display of image602-2 (FIG. 6Z) at a rate, as indicated in rate diagram 646 (FIG. 6Y),that is based on the contact intensity shown in intensity diagram 618(FIG. 6Y). Image 602-2 is an image in the sequence of images 602 thatwas acquired after representative image 602-1. Display of image 602-2(FIG. 6Z) is replaced with display of image 602-3 (FIG. 6AA) at a fasterrate, as indicated in rate diagram 646 (FIG. 6Z), that is based on thecontact intensity shown in intensity diagram 618 (FIG. 6Z). Image 602-3is an image in the sequence of images 602 that was acquired after image602-2.

In FIG. 6AA, the intensity of input 644's contact drops below IT_(L),which in this example is the threshold for playing backwards or forwardsthrough the sequence of images 602. As a result, image 602-3 (FIG. 6AA)is replaced with previous image 602-2 (FIG. 6BB) at a backwards ratethat is based on input 644's current contact intensity.

In some embodiments, the rate, indicated in rate diagrams 646 (FIGS.6Y-6AA) is proportional to an absolute value of the difference betweenIT_(L) and input 644's current contact intensity, as shown in intensitydiagrams 618 (FIGS. 6Y-6AA). The direction of movement is based onwhether the current contact intensity is above (e.g., forward movement)or below (e.g., backward movement) the IT_(L) (or any other appropriatethreshold).

In some embodiments, the rate forward or backward is determined inreal-time or near-real time, so that the user can speed up or slow downmovement through the images (either in the forward or reverse direction)by changing the characteristic intensity of the contact. Thus, in someembodiments, the user can scrub forwards and backwards through sequenceof images 602 (e.g., in between the initial and final images in thesequence of images) by increasing and decreasing the contact intensityof user input 644.

In accordance with some embodiments, FIGS. 6CC-6DD are graphsillustrating how the rate of movement, V, relates to input 644's currentcontact intensity, I.

As shown in FIG. 6CC, the threshold for forward/backwards movement, inthis example, is the light press threshold IT_(L). When input 644'scurrent contact intensity is equal to the light press threshold IT_(L),device 100 does not advance through the sequence of images in eitherchronological or reverse-chronological order. Thus, device 100 maintainsa currently displayed image from sequence of images 602 (e.g., the rateof movement is equal to 0×, where 1× is the speed at which the images insequence of images 602 were acquired). When input 644's current contactintensity is just above the light press threshold IT_(L), device 100advances through the sequence of images in chronological order at afirst rate (e.g., 0.2×). When input 644's current contact intensity isthe same amount below the light press threshold IT_(L), device 100advances through the sequence of images in reverse-chronological orderat the first rate (e.g., advances at a −0.2× rate, where the minus signdenotes reverse-chronological order or backwards playback).

In this example, device 100 has a maximum rate V_(max) (e.g., plus orminus 2×) which is reached when input 644's current contact intensityreaches deep press threshold IT_(D) (or any other upper threshold) andhint threshold IT_(H) (or any other appropriate lower threshold),respectively. The rate of movement through the sequence of images isconstrained by a maximum reverse rate while the contact is detected onthe touch-sensitive surface

FIG. 6DD shows an exemplary response curve where the rate of movementincreases exponentially from 0× to V_(max) between light press thresholdIT_(L) and deep press threshold IT_(D). Above deep press thresholdIT_(D), the rate of movement is constant.

In accordance with some embodiments, certain circumstances optionallyresult in device 100 deviating from a rate of movement based solely oninput 644's current contact intensity. For example, as device 100 nearsa final image while advancing forward through sequence of images 602,device 100 slows the rate of movement as compared to what the rate ofmovement would be if it were based solely on input 644's current contactintensity (e.g., device 100 “brakes” slightly as it reaches the end ofthe sequence of images). Similarly, in some embodiments, as device 100nears an initial image while advancing backwards through sequence ofimages 602, device 100 slows the rate of movement as compared to whatthe rate of movement would be if it were based solely on input 644'scurrent contact intensity (e.g., device 100 “brakes” slightly as itreaches the beginning of the sequence of images going backwards).

FIGS. 6EE-6FF illustrate embodiments in which sequence of images 602 isdisplayed and/or played back in a user interface 680 for a messagingapplication (e.g., Messages from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.). Insome embodiments, sequence of images 602 is a message in a messageconversation displayed in a scrollable region 682 of the messagingapplication (e.g., the user can scroll up or down to view earlier orlater messages in region 682). In some embodiment, representative image602-3 is initially displayed in messaging application 680. In someembodiments, sequence of images 602 is displayed (e.g., played-back) inresponse to a swipe/drag gesture. In some embodiments, display of imagesin sequence of images 602 is controlled by a position of a drag gesture(e.g., the user can scrub forwards or backwards in sequence of images602 by moving drag gesture to the right or left, respectively). Forexample, in FIGS. 6EE-6FF, contact 686 moves from location 686-1 (FIG.6EE) to location 686-2 (FIG. 6FF), which advances sequence of images 602from representative image 602-3 (FIG. 6EE) to image 602-4 (FIG. 6FF).

In some embodiments, a swipe gesture triggers playback of sequence ofimages 602 upon termination (e.g., lift off) of the swipe gesture. Insome embodiments, sequence of images 602 does not play back during adrag gesture but instead plays back up termination (e.g., lift off) of adrag gesture. In some embodiments, sequence of images 602 plays back inresponse to a press-and-hold gesture (e.g., sequence of images 602 inmessaging application 680 plays back in accordance with any of theembodiments described with reference to FIGS. 6A-6DD). In someembodiments, sequence of images 602 in messaging application 680 playsback in accordance with any of the embodiments described with referenceto FIGS. 7A-7CC.

In some embodiments, sequence of images 602 is displayed (e.g., playedback) as the scrollable region of the messaging application is scrolledand the images are, in some circumstances interspersed with textmessages 684 or other messages sent and received via the messagingapplication (e.g., in conversation bubbles). In some circumstance, auser may have obtained (e.g., taken, captured) a respective sequence ofimages on her own portable multifunction device 100 and also havereceived a different sequence of images from a different user (e.g., ina messaging application). Thus, in some circumstances, the plurality ofsequences of images stored on portable multifunction device 100 includesat least one sequence of images obtained using a camera on portablemultifunction device 100 and at least one sequence of images that wasobtained using a camera on a different device, distinct from portablemultifunction device 100.

FIGS. 7A-7CC illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating throughsequences of related images, sometimes referred to as enhancedphotographs, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces inthese figures are used to illustrate the processes described below,including the processes in FIGS. 9A-9G, 10A-10M, 11A-11I, 12A-12B,24A-24E, 25A-25C, 26A-26D, and 27A-27E. Although the examples whichfollow will be given with reference to inputs on a touch-screen display(where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined, asshown on portable multifunction device 100), in some embodiments, thedevice detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface 451 that is separatefrom the display 450, as shown in FIG. 4B.

Portable multifunction device 100 displays user interface 700. Userinterface 700 optionally includes one more toolbars. For example, asshown, user interface 700 includes an operations toolbar 704 thatincludes a plurality of affordances 706 (e.g., send affordance 706-1that allows the user to send first sequence of images 702 to other usersusing e-mail, messaging, or other applications; edit affordance 706-2that brings up a user interface for editing first sequence of images702; a favorites affordance 706-3 through which the user may indicatethat first sequence of images 702 is one of her favorites; and deleteaffordance 706-4 that allows the user to delete first sequence of images702). As another example, user interface 700 includes a navigationtoolbar 706 that includes another plurality of affordances (e.g., allphotos affordance 710-1 that navigates to a user interface fornavigating the user's photos; “done” affordance 710-2 that navigates toa different user interface, such as a user interface for obtaining aphoto).

FIGS. 7A-7CC illustrate an example in which portable multifunctiondevice 100 stores a plurality of sequences of images (e.g., firstsequence of images 702, second sequence of images 724, third sequence ofimages 726, and fourth grouped sequence of images 760, FIGS. 7A-7CC).First grouped sequence of images 702 includes first representative image702-3 (FIG. 7A), which was taken by a camera, one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring first representative image 702-3(e.g., image 702-4, FIG. 7C, and image 702-5, FIG. 7D), and one or moreimages acquired by the camera before acquiring first representativeimage 702-3 (e.g., image 702-2, FIG. 7H, and image 702-1, FIG. 7I).Thus, the chronological order (e.g., the order in which the images weretaken by the camera) of first sequence of images 702 is: image 702-1;image 702-2; image 702-3; image 702-4; and image 702-5.

First sequence of images 702 depicts a scene in which a cat 712 walksinto the field of view, rolls his back on the ground, and gets up andwalks away. Meanwhile, a bird 714 lands on a branch. While in reality,such a scene may take several seconds to unfold, in some embodiments,first sequence of images 702 is captured in a short temporal window. Forexample, in some embodiments, any of the sequences of images describedherein may depict the moments surrounding (e.g., within half a second orone second) the moment when its respective representative image wasobtained. For example, the user's interest may have been piqued when cat712 began rolling in the grass, prompting the user to take firstrepresentative image 702-3. In some embodiments, first sequence ofimages 702 includes images just before and just after firstrepresentative image 702-3 was obtained, such that first sequence ofimages 702 comprises an enhanced photo through which the moment can“come to life” when the user performs certain operations with respect tofirst representative image 702-3, as described herein.

Second grouped sequence of images 724 includes second representativeimage 724-3 (FIG. 7F) and at least one or more images acquired by thecamera before acquiring second representative image 724-3 (e.g., image724-1, FIG. 7C, and image 724-2, FIG. 7D). Second sequence of images 724includes one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringsecond representative image 724-3. Thus, the chronological order (e.g.,the order in which they were taken by the camera) of the second sequenceof images 724 is: image 724-1; image 724-2; and image 724-3. Secondsequence of images 724 depicts a scene in which a seagull 728 is flyingin the distance (image 724-1, FIG. 7C), flies toward the foreground(image 724-2, FIG. 7D), and begins to fly away again (image 724-3, FIG.7F).

Third grouped sequence of images 726 includes third representative image726-1 and at least one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring third representative image 726-1 (e.g., image 726-3, FIG. 7H,and image 724-2, FIG. 7I). Third sequence of images 726 includes one ormore images acquired by the camera before acquiring third representativeimage 726-1. Thus, the chronological order (e.g., the order in whichthey were taken by the camera) of the third sequence of images 726 is:image 726-1; image 726-2; and image 726-3. Third sequence of images 726depicts a scene in which a whale 730 breaches (image 726-1, FIG. 7K),swims even in the field of view with a boat 732 (image 726-2, FIG. 7I),and disappears from the field of view, having dived into the ocean(image 726-3, FIG. 7H).

Fourth grouped sequence of images 760 includes fourth representativeimage 760-3 and at least one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring fourth representative image 760-1 (e.g., image 760-1,FIG. 7V, and image 760-2, FIG. 7W). Thus, the chronological order (e.g.,the order in which they were taken by the camera) of the fourth sequenceof images 760 is: image 760-1; image 760-2; and image 760-3. Fourthsequence of images 760 depicts a scene in which a firework canister 762launches (image 760-1, FIG. 7V), flies through the air (image 760-2,FIG. 7W), and explodes (image 760-3, FIG. 7X).

In some embodiments, the first sequence of images 702 was acquired bythe camera before the second sequence of images 724, and the firstsequence of images 702 was acquired by the camera after the thirdsequence of images 726.

In some embodiments, user interface 700 is a user interface in an imagemanagement application (e.g., Photos from Apple Inc. of Cupertino,Calif.). To that end, in some embodiments, the camera that took firstsequence of images 702 (and/or second sequence of images 724; thirdsequence of images 726; etc.) is part of portable multifunction device100 (e.g., the camera comprises optical sensors 164 in conjunction withimaging module 143, FIG. 1A). In some embodiments, first sequence ofimages 702 was taken by a camera that is not part of portablemultifunction device 100 (e.g., first sequence of images 702 wastransferred to portable multifunction device 100 after being taken witha camera on another device). In some embodiments, the first sequence ofimages 702 was obtained in response to detecting activation of a shutterbutton at a first time, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5Kand method 900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method 2600. In someembodiments, first representative image 702-3 corresponds to therepresentative image acquired by the camera, as described herein withrespect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method 900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method2600.

In some embodiments, some of the plurality of sequences of images wereacquired using portable multifunction device 100 and some weretransferred to portable multifunction device 100 after being taken witha camera on a different device. For example, in some circumstances, auser may obtain (e.g., take, capture) sequences of images, as describedwith reference to methods 900/2600, on a plurality of devices (e.g., atablet, a laptop, and/or a digital camera, all in addition to portablemultifunction device 100) and synchronize or otherwise transfer thesequences of images onto portable multifunction device 100.

In some embodiments, user interface 700 is a user interface in amessaging application (e.g., Messages from Apple Inc. of Cupertino,Calif.). In some embodiments, first sequence of images 702 is a messagein a message conversation displayed in a scrollable region of themessaging application, and first sequence of images 702 is displayed asthe scrollable region of the messaging application is scrolled and theimages are, in some circumstances interspersed with text messages orother messages sent and received via the messaging application (e.g., inconversation bubbles). In some circumstance, a user may have obtained(e.g., taken, captured) a respective sequence of images on her ownportable multifunction device 100 and also have received a differentsequence of images from a different user (e.g., in a messagingapplication). Thus, in some circumstances, the plurality of sequences ofimages stored on portable multifunction device 100 includes at least onesequence of images obtained using a camera on portable multifunctiondevice 100 and at least one sequence of images that was obtained using acamera on a different device, distinct from portable multifunctiondevice 100.

In some embodiments, representative image 702-3 is displayed in userinterface 700 (e.g., displayed in an image management application ormessaging application when the user is scrolling through her images ormessages).

FIG. 7A illustrates user interface 700. Portable multifunction device100 displays, in user interface 700, first representative image 702 in amovable first area 734 on touch screen 112. It should be understood thatthe boundary of movable first area 734 is not always displayed on touchscreen 112 and is provided to aide in the description of the figures.

FIG. 7B illustrates portable multifunction device 100 detecting a draggesture 736 (beginning at location 736-1) on touch screen 112. In someembodiments, the operations illustrated in FIGS. 7B-7K are performed inaccordance with a determination that drag gesture 736 meets predefinedcriteria (e.g., predefined next photo navigation criteria). For example,in some embodiments, the operations illustrated in FIGS. 7B-7F areperformed (e.g., triggered) when drag gesture 736 has predefined pathcharacteristics (e.g., drag gesture 736 is characterized by a lateral(or vertical) velocity; that is, the drag gesture is more side-to-side(or up-and-down) than up-and-down (or side-to-side), in the orientationshown in FIGS. 7A-7CC). In some embodiments, portable multifunctiondevice 100 includes one or more sensors to detect intensity of contactswith touch screen 112, and the operations illustrated in FIGS. 7B-7F areperformed (e.g., triggered) when drag gesture 736 has a characteristicintensity that meets (e.g., satisfies) predefined intensity criteria(e.g., exceeds light press threshold IT_(L), as described elsewhere inthis document). In some embodiments, the operations illustrated in FIGS.7B-7F are performed (e.g., triggered) when drag gesture 736 haspredefined path characteristics (e.g., drag gesture 736 is characterizedby a lateral velocity) and meets predefined intensity criteria (e.g.,exceeds a predefined intensity threshold).

User interface 700, as shown in FIG. 7A, illustrates display of firstrepresentative image 702-3 in an image presentation mode. In someembodiments, as shown in FIG. 7A, the movable first area 734 is an areathat displays images in the first sequence of images, without displayingimages from sequences of images other than the first sequence of images.

In FIG. 7B, drag gesture 736 is leftward. Accordingly, portablemultifunction device 100 moves first area 734 to the left, as shown inFIGS. 7C-7D. In addition, portable multifunction device 100 replaces, inmoveable first area 734 of user interface 700, display of firstrepresentative image 702-3 with display, in chronological order, of atleast some of one or more images for first sequence of images 702acquired by the camera after acquiring first representative image 702-3(namely image 702-4, FIG. 7C, and image 702-5, FIG. 7D). That is,portable multifunction device 100 displays an animated display of firstsequence of images 702 in the first area.

In some embodiments, the display, in chronological order in first area734, of at least some of the one or more images for first sequence ofimages 702 acquired by the camera after acquiring the firstrepresentative image occurs in accordance with the movement of contactin drag gesture 736. Thus, if the movement of drag gesture 736 to theleft speeds up, the display of the chronological progression of imagesin first area 734 speeds up. If the movement of drag gesture 736 to theleft slows down, the display of the chronological progression of imagesin first area 734 slows down. If the movement of drag gesture 736 to theleft is paused, the display of the chronological progression of imagesin first area 734 is paused. And, if the movement of drag gesture 736reverses direction (e.g., from a leftward drag gesture to a rightwarddrag gesture), the display of the progression of images in firstsequence of images 702 in first area 734 is reversed and the images areshown in reverse chronological order in accordance with the movement ofthe drag gesture 736 in the reverse direction. More generally, in someembodiments, for a respective sequence of images, the display of aprogression of images in the respective sequence of images, in arespective area, occurs in accordance with the movement of a contact inthe drag gesture.

In some embodiments, the user triggers the operations shown in FIGS.6A-6FF by altering one or more characteristics of drag gesture 736 in apredefined manner. For example, in some embodiments, when the userpauses drag gesture 736 and presses more deeply onto touch screen 112,portable multifunction device 100 plays back first sequence of images702, as described with reference to FIGS. 6A-6FF, even if only a portionof first area 734 is on the display. In some embodiments, portablemultifunction device 100 is configured to detect the change ormodification of the one or more characteristics of drag gesture 736.

FIGS. 7C-7D also illustrate that, in some embodiments, in accordancewith the leftward drag gesture 736, portable multifunction device 100moves a second area 738 to the left. In some embodiments, moving secondarea 738 to the left includes moving at least part of second area 738onto touch screen 112 from the left. In some embodiments, movable secondarea 738 is an area that displays images in second sequence of images724, without displaying images from sequences of images other thansecond sequence of images 724 (e.g., first sequence of images 702 andthird sequence of images 726 are not displayed in movable second area738). In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7C, movable second area 738is adjacent to movable first area 734 (e.g., to the right of movablefirst area 734). In some embodiments, while moving second area 738 tothe left, portable multifunction device 100 displays, in chronologicalorder in second area 738, at least some of one or more images for secondsequence of images 724 acquired by the camera before acquiring secondrepresentative image 724-3.

In some embodiments, movement of first area 734 corresponds to movementof drag gesture 736. For example, in some embodiments, the movement offirst area 734 between FIG. 7B and FIG. 7C is proportional to thedistance between location 736-1 (FIG. 7B) and 736-2 (FIG. 7C).Similarly, in some embodiments, the movement of first area 734 betweenFIG. 7C and FIG. 7D is proportional to the distance between location736-2 (FIG. 7C) and 736-3 (FIG. 7D), thus giving the user the impressionof dragging movable first area 734. In some embodiments, as shown inFIGS. 7C-7D, moving first area 734 to the left includes moving at leastpart of first area 734 off of touch screen 112 to the left.

In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 7B-7D, the first area 734 and thesecond area 738 move across touch screen 112 at the same rate (e.g., thedistance of the movement of first area 734 and the distance of themovement of second area 738 correspond to the distance of the movementof drag gesture 736). In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 7L-7P, thefirst area 734 and the second area 738 move at different rates. Forexample, in FIGS. 7L-7P, the movement of second area 738 in response todrag gesture 752 is less than the movement of first area 734 in responseto drag gesture 752 (e.g., the distance of the movement of first area734 matches the distance of the movement of drag gesture 752, and thedistance of the movement of second area 738 is a fraction, such as 50%,of the distance of the movement of drag gesture 752).

In some embodiments, the display, in chronological order in second area738, of at least some of the one or more images for second sequence ofimages 724 acquired by the camera before acquiring second representativeimage 724-3 occurs in accordance with the movement of a contact in draggesture 736 (e.g., in analogous manner to that described above withreference to first sequence of images 702). For example, during draggesture 736, the images in first area 734 and the images in the secondarea 738 are both advancing at the same rate, with the rate based on themovement of drag gesture 736. In some embodiments, for example asdescribed below with reference to FIGS. 7L-7P, during drag gesture 752,the images in first area 734 and the images in the second area 738 areadvancing at different rates. For example, in FIGS. 7L-7P, the rate atwhich the images in second area advance in response to drag gesture 752is less than the rate at which the images in first area 734 advance inresponse to drag gesture 752 (e.g., 50% of the rate at which the imagein first area 734 advance in response to drag gesture 752).

In some embodiments, as an alternative to the example shown in FIGS.7B-7D, while moving second area 738 to the left, second area 738 justdisplays second representative image 724-3 for the second sequence ofimages, without displaying other images in the second sequence of images724.

In some embodiments, user interface 700 includes a next icon 750-1(e.g., FIG. 7A) and a previous icon 750-2. In some embodiments, likedetecting a drag gesture in the first direction, detecting activation ofnext icon 750-1 also results in the animated display of images from thefirst sequence of images 702 in first area 734 and the animated displayof images from the second sequence of images 724 in second area 738. Insome embodiments, detecting activation of next icon 750-1 results indisplay of second representative image 724-3 replacing display of firstrepresentative image 702-3, without the animated display of images fromfirst sequence of images 702 in first area 734 and without the animateddisplay of images from the second sequence of images 724 in second area738. In some embodiments, detecting activation of next icon 750-1results in display of the second representative image 724-3 replacingdisplay of the first representative image 702-3, without displayingother images in the first sequence or the second sequence.

While the operations occurring in FIGS. 7B-7D are described with respectto left/right movement of drag gesture 736, analogous operations areenvisioned with respect to up/down movement of a drag gesture and areintended to fall within the scope of the claims unless otherwise stated.For example, in some embodiments, as an alternative to the example shownin FIGS. 7B-7D, instead of moving second area 738 leftward onto touchscreen 112, second area 738 is underneath first area 734 in a z-layer(front-to-back) order when drag gesture 736 is a leftward or downwardgesture, and second area 738 is revealed (e.g., uncovered) as first area734 moves off touch screen 112 to the left (or toward the bottom).

As illustrated in FIG. 7F, in some embodiments, after moving second area738 to the left, as described with respect to FIGS. 7B-7D, portablemultifunction device 100 displays, in user interface 700, secondrepresentative image 724-3. In some embodiments, display of secondrepresentative image 724-3 occurs in accordance with the operationsdescribed below with respect to FIGS. 7E-7F.

As illustrated in FIG. 7E, in some embodiments, portable multifunctiondevice 100 detects termination (e.g., lift off) of drag gesture 736while moving first area 734 and second area 738. In response, portablemultifunction device 100 determines whether drag gesture 736 meetsnext-sequence-navigation criteria. For example, in some embodiments, thenext-sequence-navigation criteria are met when the movement of firstarea 734 is such that first area 734 is more than half way off touchscreen 112 (e.g., a midpoint of first area 734 has been moved off oftouch screen 112). In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7E, thenext-sequence-navigation criteria are met when the movement of firstarea 734 and second area 738 is such that a boundary 741 between firstarea 734 and second area 738 is past a midpoint 742 of touch screen 112(or a midpoint of user interface 700, if not centered within touchscreen 112, or any other suitable predefined point such as one third orone quarter of the way across user interface 700). In some embodiments,the next-sequence-navigation criteria are met when a velocity of draggesture 736 meets predefined velocity criteria (e.g., when an averagevelocity or an instantaneous velocity of drag gesture 736 exceeds avelocity threshold). In some embodiments, the next-sequence-navigationcriteria are met when the velocity of drag gesture 736 is indicative ofa “flick” gesture.

As shown in FIG. 7F, when the next-sequence-navigation criteria are met,portable multifunction device 100 moves first area 734 completely offtouch screen 112 (e.g., by moving first area 734 further to the leftuntil first area 734 is completely off touch screen 112) and movessecond area 738 completely onto touch screen 112 (e.g., by moving secondarea 738 further to the left until second area 738 is completely ontouch screen 112). As a result, portable multifunction device 100displays second representative image 724-3 (FIG. 7F). Thus, in someembodiments, termination of drag gesture 736 whennext-sequence-navigation criteria are met gives the user the impressionof snapping second representative image 724-3 onto user interface 700.

Conversely, in some embodiments, when the next-sequence-navigationcriteria are not met, portable multifunction device 100 moves secondarea 738 completely off touch screen 112 (e.g., by moving second area738 to the right until second area 738 is completely off touch screen112) and moves first area 734 completely onto touch screen 112 (e.g., bymoving first area 734 back to the right until first area 734 iscompletely on touch screen 112). As a result, portable multifunctiondevice 100 displays first representative image 702-3 again (e.g.,returns to the view shown in FIG. 7A). Thus, in some embodiments,termination of drag gesture 736 when next-sequence-navigation criteriaare not met gives the user the impression of snapping firstrepresentative image 702-3 back onto user interface 700. In someembodiments, first sequence of images 702 and second sequence of images724 are displayed backwards (e.g., in reverse chronological order) whileportable multifunction device 100 moves first area 734 completely on andsecond area 738 completely off touch screen 112.

FIGS. 7G-7K illustrate analogous features to FIGS. 7B-7F, except whereasFIGS. 7B-7F illustrate next-sequence navigation in accordance with someembodiments, FIGS. 7G-7K illustrate previous-sequence navigation inaccordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 7G illustrates portable multifunction device 100 detecting a draggesture 744 (beginning at location 744-1) on touch screen 112. In someembodiments, the operations illustrated in FIGS. 7G-7K are performed inaccordance with a determination that drag gesture 744 meets predefinedcriteria (e.g., predefined previous photo navigation criteria). In someembodiments, the predefined criteria for navigating toward a previousphoto (e.g., previous grouped sequence of images) are analogous to thepredefined criteria for navigating toward a next photo (e.g., nextgrouped sequence of images), described with reference to FIGS. 7B-7F,except that the respective drag gestures for the two are generally inopposite directions (or at least principally so).

FIG. 7G is analogous to FIG. 7B except that drag gesture 744 is in theopposite direction of drag gesture 736 (FIG. 7B) while portablemultifunction device 100 displays first representative image 702-3. Thatis, in FIG. 7G, drag gesture 744 is rightward. Accordingly, portablemultifunction device 100 moves first area 734 to the right, as shown inFIGS. 7H-7I. In addition, portable multifunction device 100 replaces, inmoveable first area 734 of user interface 700, display of firstrepresentative image 702-3 with display, in reverse chronological order,of at least some of one or more images for first sequence of images 702acquired by the camera before acquiring first representative image 702-3(namely image 702-2, FIG. 7H, and image 702-1, FIG. 7I). In someembodiments, as described above with reference to FIGS. 7B-7F, for arespective sequence of images, the display of a progression of images inthe respective sequence of images, in a respective area, occurs inaccordance with the movement of a contact in the drag gesture (e.g.,movement from location 744-1, FIG. 7G, to location 744-2, FIG. 7H, tolocation 744-3, FIG. 7I).

FIGS. 7H-7I also illustrate that, in some embodiments, in accordancewith the rightward drag gesture 744, portable multifunction device 100moves a third area 746 to the right. In some embodiments, moving thirdarea 746 to the right includes moving at least part of third area 746rightward onto touch screen 112. In some embodiments, movable third area746 is an area that displays images in third sequence of images 726,without displaying images from sequences of images other than thirdsequence of images 726 (e.g., first sequence of images 702 and secondsequence of images 724 are not displayed in movable third area 746). Insome embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7H, movable third area 746 isadjacent to movable first area 734 (e.g., to the left of movable firstarea 734, opposite movable second area 738). In some embodiments, whilemoving third area 746 to the right, portable multifunction device 100displays, in reverse chronological order in third area 746, at leastsome of one or more images for third sequence of images 726 acquired bythe camera before acquiring third representative image 726-1.

In some embodiments, the display, in reverse chronological order inthird area 746, of at least some of the one or more images for thirdsequence of images 726 acquired by the camera after acquiring thirdrepresentative image 726-1 occurs in accordance with the movement of acontact in drag gesture 744 (e.g., in analogous manner to that describedabove with reference to first sequence of images 702). For example,during drag gesture 744, the images in first area 734 and the images inthe third area 746 are both reversing at the same rate, with the ratebased on the movement of drag gesture 744.

In some embodiments, like detecting drag gesture 744 in the seconddirection, detecting activation of previous icon 750-2 (e.g., FIG. 7A)results in the animated display of images from the first sequence 702 infirst area 734 and the animated display of images from the thirdsequence 726 in third area 746. In some embodiments, detectingactivation of previous icon 750-2 results in display of the thirdrepresentative image 726-1 replacing display of the first representativeimage 702-3, without the animated display of images from the firstsequence 702 in the first area 734 and without the animated display ofimages from the third sequence 726 in the third area 746. In someembodiments, detecting activation of previous icon 750-2 results indisplay of the third representative image 726-1 replacing display of thefirst representative image 702-3, without displaying other images in thefirst sequence 702 or the third sequence 726.

In some embodiments, as an alternative to the example shown in FIGS.7G-7I, while moving third area 746 to the right in response to draggesture 744, third area 746 just displays third representative image726-1 for third sequence of images 726, without displaying other imagesin third sequence of images 726.

While the operations occurring in FIGS. 7G-7I are described with respectto left/right movement of drag gesture 744, analogous operations areenvisioned with respect to up/down movement of a drag gesture and areintended to fall within the scope of the claims unless otherwise stated.For example, in some embodiments, as an alternative to the example shownin FIGS. 7G-7I, instead of moving third area 746 onto touch screen 112to the left, third area 746 is underneath first area 734 in a z-layer(front-to-back) order when drag gesture 744 is a rightward or upwardgesture, and third area 746 is revealed (e.g., uncovered) as first area734 moves off touch screen 112 to the right (or toward the top).

As illustrated in FIG. 7K, in some embodiments, after moving third area746 to the right, as described with respect to FIGS. 7G-7I, portablemultifunction device 100 displays, in user interface 700, thirdrepresentative image 726-1. In some embodiments, display of thirdrepresentative image 726-1 occurs in accordance with the operationsdescribed below with respect to FIGS. 7J-7K.

As illustrated in FIG. 7J, in some embodiments, portable multifunctiondevice 100 detects termination (e.g., lift off) of drag gesture 744while moving first area 734 and third area 746. In response, portablemultifunction device 100 determines whether drag gesture 744 meetsprevious-sequence-navigation criteria. For example, in some embodiments,the previous-sequence-navigation criteria are met when the movement offirst area 734 is such that first area 734 is more than half way offtouch screen 112 (e.g., a midpoint of first area 734 has been moved offof touch screen 112). In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7J, theprevious-sequence-navigation criteria are met when the movement of firstarea 734 and third area 746 is such that a boundary 748 between firstarea 734 and third area 746 is past the midpoint 742 of touch screen 112(or the midpoint of user interface 700, if not centered within touchscreen 112, or any other suitable predefined point).

As shown in FIG. 7K, when the previous-sequence-navigation criteria aremet, portable multifunction device 100 moves first area 734 completelyoff touch screen 112 (e.g., by moving first area 734 further to theright until first area 734 is completely off touch screen 112) and movesthird area 746 completely onto touch screen 112 (e.g., by moving thirdarea 746 further to the right until third area 746 is completely ontouch screen 112). As a result, portable multifunction device 100displays third representative image 726-1 (FIG. 7K). Thus, in someembodiments, termination of drag gesture 744 whenprevious-sequence-navigation criteria are met gives the user theimpression of snapping third representative image 726-1 onto userinterface 700.

Conversely, in some embodiments, when the previous-sequence-navigationcriteria are not met, portable multifunction device 100 moves third area746 completely off touch screen 112 (e.g., by moving third area 746 tothe left until third area 746 is completely off touch screen 112) andmoves first area 734 completely onto touch screen 112 (e.g., by movingfirst area 734 back to the left until first area 734 is completely ontouch screen 112). As a result, portable multifunction device 100displays first representative image 702-3 again (e.g., returns to theview shown in FIG. 7A). Thus, in some embodiments, termination of draggesture 744 when previous-sequence-navigation criteria are not met givesthe user the impression of snapping first representative image 702-3back onto user interface 700. In some embodiments, first sequence ofimages 702 and third sequence of images 726 are displayed forward (e.g.,in chronological order) while portable multifunction device 100 movesfirst area 734 completely on and third area 746 completely off touchscreen 112.

FIGS. 7L-7P illustrate embodiments in which, in response to a draggesture 752, the first area 734 and the second area 738 move atdifferent rates on touch screen 112. FIG. 7L is analogous to FIG. 7A andis provided as a starting point for the functionality shown in FIGS.7M-7P. As shown in FIGS. 7M-7O, drag gesture 752 moves from location752-1 (FIG. 7M) to location 752-2 (FIG. 7N) to location 752-3 (FIG. 7O).In some embodiments, the movement of first area 734 corresponds to themovement of drag gesture 752. For example, when drag gesture 752 movesby 1 centimeter (cm), first area 734 moves by 1 cm. In some embodiments,second area 738 moves based on the movement of drag gesture 752, but thedistance of the movement of second area 738 is less than the distance ofthe movement of drag gesture 752. For example, when drag gesture 752moves by 1 centimeter (cm), second area 738 moves by 0.5 cm.

In this example, first area 734 is over second area 738 (e.g., in az-layer) so that, as first area 734 touch screen 112 in response to draggesture 752, second area 738 is progressively revealed. At the beginningof drag gesture 752, second area 738 is partially, but not completelyonto touch screen 112 (e.g., half way, or three quarters of the way ontotouch screen 112). As the user slides first area 734 rightward off touchscreen 112, second area 738 slides the remainder of the way onto touchscreen 112, such that completely sliding first area 734 off of touchscreen 112 corresponds to completely sliding second area 738 onto touchscreen 112. Moving first area 734 off of touch screen 112 at a rate thatis different from the rate at which second area 738 is moved onto touchscreen 112 provides the user with intuitive visual cues as to adirection that the user is navigating in a hierarchy (e.g., z-layering)of enhanced photos.

In some embodiments, during drag gesture 752, the images in first area734 and the images in the second area 738 advance at different rates. Insome embodiments, the respective rates at which images in first area 734and the images in the second area 738 advance are both based on themovement of drag gesture 752. In some embodiments, the images in firstarea 734 advance at a rate that is higher than a rate at which theimages in second area 738 advance. In FIGS. 7M-7P, images in first area734, in response to drag gesture 752, advance at twice the rate of theimages in the second area 738. For example, as shown in FIGS. 7N-7O,during the same period of time, first area 734 advances through twoimages in first sequence of images 702 (702-4, FIG. 7N, and 702-5, FIG.7O) while second area 738 maintains display of a single image in thesecond sequence of images (724-2, FIGS. 7N and 7O). FIG. 7P illustratesthat the second area 738 has advanced to displaying representative image724-3.

FIGS. 7Q-7CC illustrate embodiments in which device 100 slides anenhanced photo onto the display. As the enhanced photo is slid onto thedisplay, device 100 plays, in chronological order, the sequence ofimages comprising the enhanced photo (e.g., from the initial image tothe representative image). In some embodiments, sliding the new enhancedphoto onto the display displaces a currently displayed enhanced photo,as described above. For example, sliding the enhanced photo onto thedisplay slides the currently displayed enhanced photo off of thedisplay. As another example, sliding the enhanced photo onto the displaycovers up (e.g., in a z-direction) the currently displayed enhancedphoto. In some embodiments, the currently displayed enhanced photo doesnot playback while it is being displaced (e.g., the device maintainsdisplay of a representative image from the currently displayed enhancedphoto). In some embodiments, the enhanced photo plays forward regardlessof whether it is the next enhanced photo or the previous enhanced photo(e.g., in a camera roll).

To that end, FIG. 7Q illustrates device 100 displaying firstrepresentative image 702-3 of first sequence of images 702 in movablefirst area 734 on touch screen 112.

As shown in FIG. 7Q, the device detects a gesture 740 (e.g., a swipegesture) on touch screen 112 that includes leftward movement by acontact. As shown in FIG. 7R, in response to gesture 740, device 100moves first area 734 leftward off of the display and moves movablesecond area 738 leftward onto the display (e.g., second area 738 is amovable area that is adjacent to first area 734). The arrow in FIG. 7Rindicates inertia from gesture 740 that continues to move second area738 onto the display. In this example, because gesture 740 is to theleft, the sequence of images sliding onto the display (e.g., secondsequence of images 724) is the next sequence of images (e.g., in acamera roll).

As shown in FIGS. 7R-7T, in accordance with a determination thatsequence-display criteria are met, while moving second area 738 to theleft, device 100 plays forward through at least some of the one or moreimages for second sequence of images 724 that were acquired by thecamera before acquiring second representative image 724-3. For example,device 100 starts by displaying the initial image 724-1 from secondsequence of images 724 (FIG. 7R). Device 100 plays back second sequenceof images 724 (e.g., in chronological order) from initial image 724-1 torepresentative image 724-3 (FIGS. 7S-7T). In some embodiments, playbackof second sequence of images 724 is timed such that representative image724-3 appears just as movable area 738 finishes moving onto touch screen112 (FIG. 7T).

In some embodiments, the sequence-display criteria include navigationcriteria (e.g., criteria that indicate that device 100 should finishtransitioning to the next or previous photo even without further userinput). For example, device 100 only plays through second sequence ofimages 724 if the user has flicked quickly enough and/or dragged farenough to transition to the next sequence of images (e.g., secondsequence of images 724). Navigation criteria are described in greaterdetail above with reference to FIG. 7E.

In some embodiments, as first area 734 slides off the display, device100 maintains display of first representative image 702-3 (e.g.,statically, without replacing display of first representative image702-3) while playing-back a least a portion of second sequence of images724 (e.g., first sequence of image 702 does not playback while secondsequence of images 724 is playing-back). Thus, representative image702-3 is displayed in first area 734 in each of FIGS. 7Q-7S.

In some embodiments, a rightward swipe/drag gesture results in analogousfunctionality, except that the previous enhanced photo (e.g., in acamera roll) is slid onto the display instead of the next enhanced photo(e.g., in the camera roll). For example, in FIG. 7U, device 100 detectsa swipe gesture 743 that is analogous to swipe gesture 740 except thatswipe gesture 743 is to the right. In FIGS. 7V-7X, fourth sequence ofimages 760 (which, in this example, is the previous enhanced photo in acamera roll), plays forward from initial image 760-1 to representativeimage 760-3. That is, in some embodiments, regardless of whether theswipe/drag gesture is a previous-photo or next-photo navigation gesture,device 100 plays the enhanced photo forward (e.g., rather than playing aprevious photo in the camera roll in reverse, as described above withreference to FIGS. 7G-7K). FIGS. 7U-7X are otherwise analogous to FIGS.7Q-7T.

As shown in FIGS. 7Y-7CC, in some embodiments, the sequence-displaycriteria include a criterion that is met when device 100 detectslift-off of the gesture (e.g., device 100 only starts playing the newenhanced photo once the user has lifted her finger off of touch screen112). For example, in FIG. 7Y, device 100 detects the beginning of adrag gesture 764 at a location 764-1. In FIG. 7Z, the user has moveddrag gesture 764 to a location 764-2, and device 100 has accordinglymoved initial image 760-1 of fourth sequence of images 760 partiallyonto the display. In FIG. 7AA, the user has moved drag gesture 764further to a location 764-3, and device has accordingly moved initialimage 760-1 of fourth sequence of images 760 farther onto the display.However, device 100 does not begin playback of fourth sequence of images760 until the user lifts-off drag gesture 764 (FIG. 7BB). This criterionavoids over-stimulating the user as the user drags an enhanced photo onand off the display. As shown in FIG. 7CC, in some embodiments, playbackand/or movement of the movable areas following liftoff of the gestureare timed so that the new enhanced photo's representative image (e.g.,fourth representative image 760-3) is displayed during playback just asthe new enhanced photo finishes sliding onto the display.

FIGS. 8A-8L illustrate exemplary user interfaces that perform distinctoperations on sequences of related images as compared to individualimages in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in thesefigures are used to illustrate the processes described below, includingthe processes in FIGS. 9A-9G, 10A-10M, 11A-11I, 12A-12B, 24A-24E,25A-25C, 26A-26D, and 27A-27E. Although the examples which follow willbe given with reference to inputs on a touch-screen display (where thetouch-sensitive surface and the display are combined, as shown onportable multifunction device 100), in some embodiments, the devicedetects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface 451 that is separate fromthe display 450, as shown in FIG. 4B.

FIGS. 8A-8L illustrate an example in which portable multifunction device100 stores a plurality of sequences of images, one of which is groupedsequence of images 802 (displayed on user interface 800). Some featuresof user interface 800 are analogous to user interface 600 (FIGS. 6A-6W)and user interface 700 (FIGS. 7A-7CC) and are not repeated here forbrevity. Sequence of images 802 includes representative image 802-3(FIG. 8A), which was taken by a camera, one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring representative image 802-3 (e.g., image802-4, FIG. 8C, and image 802-5, FIG. 8D), and one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring representative image 802-3(e.g., image 802-1, FIG. 8E, and image 802-2, FIG. 8F). Thus, thechronological order (e.g., the order in which the images were taken bythe camera) of sequence of images 802 is: image 802-1; image 802-2;image 802-3; image 802-4; and image 802-5.

Sequence of images 802 depicts a scene in which a cat 812 walks into thefield of view, rolls his back on the ground, and gets up and walks away.Meanwhile, a bird 814 lands on a branch. While in reality, such a scenemay take several seconds to unfold, in some embodiments, sequence ofimages 802 is captured in a short temporal window. For example, in someembodiments, any of the sequence of images described herein may depictthe moment surrounding (e.g., within 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, or 2.5 seconds)the instant when its respective representative image was obtained. Forexample, the user's interest may have been piqued when cat 812 beganrolling in the grass, prompting the user to take representative image802-3. In some embodiments, sequence of images 802 includes images justbefore and just after first representative image 802-3 was obtained,such that first sequence of images 802 comprises an enhanced photothrough which the moment can “come to life” when the user performscertain operations with respect to representative image 802-3, asdescribed herein.

In the example shown in FIGS. 8A-8L, portable multifunction device 100also stores a plurality of images that are distinct from the images inthe plurality of grouped sequences of images. For example, portablemultifunction device 100 stores image 824 (FIG. 8I), which is not partof a sequence of images in the plurality of sequences of images (e.g.,image 824 is a still image).

In some embodiments, user interface 800 is a user interface in an imagemanagement application (e.g., Photos from Apple Inc. of Cupertino,Calif.). To that end, in some embodiments, the camera that took sequenceof images 802 is part of portable multifunction device 100 (e.g., thecamera comprises optical sensors 164 in conjunction with imaging module143, FIG. 1A). In some embodiments, the sequence of images 802 was takenby a camera that is not part of portable multifunction device 100 (e.g.,sequence of images 802 was transferred to portable multifunction device100 after being taken with a camera on another device). In someembodiments, sequence of images 802 was obtained in response todetecting activation of a shutter button at a first time, as describedherein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method 900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22Dand method 2600. In some embodiments, the representative image 802-3corresponds to the representative image acquired by the camera, asdescribed herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method 900 and/or FIGS.22A-22D and method 2600.

In some embodiments, some of the still images and/or the plurality ofsequences of images were acquired using portable multifunction device100 and some were transferred to portable multifunction device 100 afterbeing taken with a camera on a different device. For example, in somecircumstances, a user may obtain (e.g., take, capture) sequences ofimages, as described with reference to methods 900/2600, on a pluralityof devices (e.g., a tablet, a laptop, and/or a digital camera, all inaddition to portable multifunction device 100) and synchronize orotherwise transfer the sequences of images onto portable multifunctiondevice 100, which stores additional still images.

In some embodiments, user interface 800 is a user interface in amessaging application (e.g., Messages from Apple Inc. of Cupertino,Calif.). In some embodiments, sequence of images 802 and/or still image824 are messages in a message conversation displayed in a scrollableregion of the messaging application, and sequence of images 802 isdisplayed as the scrollable region of the messaging application isscrolled. In some circumstance, a user may have obtained (e.g., taken,captured) a respective sequence of images on her own portablemultifunction device 100 and also have received a different sequence ofimages, or different still images, from a different user (e.g., in amessaging application). Thus, in some embodiments, the plurality ofsequences of images stored on portable multifunction device 100 includesat least one sequence of images obtained using a camera on portablemultifunction device 100 and at least one sequence of images or stillimage that was obtained using a camera on a different device, distinctfrom portable multifunction device 100.

As shown in FIGS. 8A-8L, portable multifunction device 100 detects twoanalogous inputs: first input 816 (FIGS. 8B-8F) and second input 836(FIGS. 8K-8L). First input 816 and second input 836 are analogousbecause they share a common set of characteristics (e.g., meet a commonset of predefined criteria) such as intensity characteristics (as shownin intensity diagram 818) and path characteristics (e.g., both firstinput 816 and second input 836 are press-and-hold gestures). First input816 and second input 836 are the same, except that first input 816 isdetected over an image that is part of a sequence of images (e.g.,representative image 802-3) while second input 836 is detected over animage that is not part of a sequence of images (e.g., still image 824).

As a result, portable multifunction device 100 performs a firstoperation when first input 816 is detected while displayingrepresentative image 802-3 and a second, different, operation whensecond input 836 is detected while displaying still image 824. In theexample shown in FIGS. 8B-8F, the first operation includes displaying atleast a portion of the sequence of images 802 in the manner describedwith reference to FIGS. 6A-6FF and methods 1000/10000/10050. That is:during a first portion 816-1 of first input 816, portable multifunctiondevice 100 plays back images obtained by the camera after obtainingimage 802-3 (e.g., displays image 802-4, FIG. 8C, and displays image802-5, FIG. 8D); and during a second portion 816-2 of first input 816,portable multifunction device 100 plays back images obtained by thecamera before obtaining image 802-3 (e.g., displays image 802-1, FIG.8E, and displays image 802-2, FIG. 8F). In the example shown in FIGS.8K-8L, the second operation includes displaying an animation that showsdifferent portions of still image 824. For example, as shown in FIG. 8L,the second operation includes an animation that zooms in on portion ofstill image 824 (e.g., a portion that is under or proximate to secondinput 836). In addition to or instead of zooming in, in someembodiments, the second operation includes displaying information (e.g.,metadata 822) about still image 824.

FIGS. 8G-8I illustrate a navigational gesture 844 (e.g., a draggesture). Navigational gesture is a leftward gesture, beginning atlocation 844-1, moving to location 844-2, moving to location 844-3. Assuch, in some embodiments, portable multifunction device 100 transitionsfrom displaying sequence of images 802 (e.g., by displaying the sequenceas described with reference to FIGS. 7A-7CC) to displaying still image824 (e.g., image 824 slides across the touch screen 112 withoutanimating through a sequence of images, because it is a still photorather than an enhanced photo)). In some embodiments, when an inputanalogous to navigational gesture 844 is detected over a still image,portable multifunction device 100 transitions to a different imagewithout displaying through images associated with the still image (e.g.,because there are none).

FIGS. 9A-9G illustrate a flow diagram of a method 900 of capturing agrouped sequence of related images in accordance with some embodiments.The method 900 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300,FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a displayand a camera. In some embodiments, the device includes one or moresensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display andthe touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. Insome embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitivesurface. Some operations in method 900 are, optionally, combined and/orthe order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

While in a first media acquisition mode for the camera, the devicedisplays (902) (e.g., as shown in FIG. 5A) a live preview on the display(e.g., the device displays images in real-time or near-real-time as theimages are obtained from the camera). For example, the first mediaacquisition mode is a mode labeled as an enhanced photo mode, a momentmode, or the like.

In some embodiments, the first media acquisition mode is (904)configured to be enabled or disabled by a user of the device (e.g., viaa settings interface for the camera). In some embodiments, the deviceincludes at least three media acquisition modes: (1) the first mediaacquisition mode (which may be considered an “enhanced still image”acquisition mode), which groups a sequence of images in response todetecting activation of a shutter button, where the sequence of imagesincludes images acquired before the activation of the shutter button andafter the activation of the shutter button and stores them as a group ofimages; (2) a second media acquisition mode (e.g., a conventional stillimage acquisition mode), which stores a single image in response todetecting activation of a shutter button, like the still image mode in aconventional digital camera; and (3) a third media acquisition mode(e.g., a video acquisition mode), which stores video acquired afterdetecting activation of the shutter button, and which keeps recordingvideo until the shutter button is activated again. In some embodiments,the user can select which media acquisition mode is enabled via asettings interface for the camera, mode selection buttons, a modeselection dial, or the like.

In some embodiments, the live preview is (906) displayed as part of amedia capture user interface that includes an affordance for enablingthe first media acquisition mode (e.g., affordance 506 FIGS. 5A-5H).While the first media acquisition mode is enabled, the affordance isanimated (e.g., to indicate that image and/or audio data is beingcaptured while the media capture user interface is displayed) and, whilethe first media acquisition mode is disabled, the affordance is notanimated. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of theaffordance (e.g., a tap gesture on the affordance) while the first mediaacquisition mode is disabled, the device enables the first mediaacquisition mode, starts capturing media (e.g., images and/or audio),and starts animating the affordance. In some embodiments, capturingmedia includes recording images and/or audio. In some embodiments,capturing media includes storing images and/or audio (e.g., inpersistent memory).

While displaying the live preview, the device detects (908) activationof a shutter button at a first time (e.g., the device detects pressingof a physical button at the first time or detects a gesture on a virtualshutter button on a touch-sensitive display at the first time, such as atap gesture on a shutter release icon (as shown in FIG. 5F), or a tapgesture on the live preview, where the live preview acts as a virtualshutter button). In some embodiments, the detected activation is asingle activation of the shutter button (e.g., analogous to a singleactivation used in a conventional digital camera to capture a singleimage in the still image mode of a conventional digital camera).

In response to detecting activation of the shutter button at the firsttime, the device groups (910) a plurality of images acquired by thecamera in temporal proximity to the activation of the shutter button atthe first time into a first sequence of images (e.g., as shown in FIGS.5I-5K). The first sequence of images includes: a plurality of imagesacquired by the camera prior to detecting activation of the shutterbutton at the first time; a representative image that represents thefirst sequence of images and was acquired by the camera after one ormore of the other images in the first sequence of images; and aplurality of images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image.

In some embodiments, the representative image is acquired by the cameraat the first time and is analogous to the single image captured in thestill image mode of a conventional digital camera when its shutterbutton is activated. In some embodiments, the representative imageacquired by the camera corresponds to an image that was acquired at thefirst time. In some embodiments, the representative image acquired bythe camera corresponds to an image that was acquired shortly afterdetecting activation of the shutter button at the first time, at a timethat takes into account shutter lag (the time delay between detectingactivation of the shutter button and capturing/storing therepresentative image). In some embodiments, the representative imageacquired by the camera is used to represent the sequence of images, forexample in an image presentation mode.

In some embodiments, the first sequence of images includes a predefinednumber of images—such as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 images—acquired afteracquiring the representative image. In some embodiments, the imagesacquired after acquiring the representative image are images that arewithin a predefined time after acquiring the representative image, suchas within 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, or 2.5 seconds after acquiring therepresentative image. In some embodiments, the first sequence of imagesincludes a predefined number of images—such as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30images—acquired after detecting activation of the shutter button at thefirst time. In some embodiments, the images acquired after detectingactivation of the shutter button at the first time are images that arewithin a predefined time after the first time, such as within 0.5, 1.0,1.5, 2.0, or 2.5 seconds after the first time. In some embodiments, theplurality of images, in the first sequence of images, that is acquiredafter acquiring the representative image meet predefined groupingcriteria. In some embodiments, the predefined grouping criteria includeselecting a predefined number of images after the representative image.In some embodiments, the predefined grouping criteria include selectingimages in a predefined range of time immediately after detectingactivation of the shutter button. In some embodiments, the predefinedgrouping criteria include selecting images in a predefined range of timeimmediately after the time at which the representative image isacquired.

In some embodiments, the first sequence of images are (912) stored as afirst distinct set of images in the memory (e.g., stored together in adata structure in non-volatile memory). In some embodiments, therepresentative image acquired by the camera is used to represent thefirst distinct set of images, for example in an image presentation mode(e.g., see FIGS. 6A-6FF, 7A-7CC, and 8A-8L).

In some embodiments, the live preview displays (914) images at a firstresolution and the first sequence of images includes images, at thefirst resolution, that were displayed in the live preview (e.g., thefirst resolution is a lower resolution than an upper limit of thecamera's resolution). In some embodiments, the representative imageacquired by the camera has (916) a second resolution that is higher thanthe first resolution. In some embodiments, the representative imageacquired by the camera has a higher resolution than other images in thefirst sequence of images. For example, the representative image acquiredby the camera is a 12, 18, or 24 megapixel image and the other images inthe first sequence of images have a lower resolution that corresponds tothe resolution displayed in the live preview (e.g., the firstresolution). In some embodiments, the representative image acquired bythe camera has the same resolution as other images in the first sequenceof images.

In some embodiments, parameters for a respective sequence of imagesgrouped in response to detecting a respective activation of the shutterbutton are (918) configurable by a user of the device. For example, viaa settings interface for the camera, a user can select the number ofimages in a respective sequence, which image serves as a representativeimage of the sequence (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 5I-5K), and/or otheracquisition or display parameters for the sequence of images (e.g., theresolution of the respective image, the resolution of the other images,the frame rate, filter effects, etc.).

In some embodiments, the plurality of images acquired by the cameraprior to detecting activation of the shutter button at the first timeare (920) stored in a first form in the memory (e.g., program memory,volatile memory, ring buffer, etc.) prior to detecting activation of theshutter button at the first time and are stored in a second form in thememory (e.g., non-volatile memory/storage) in response to detectingactivation of the shutter button at the first time.

In some embodiments, the plurality of images acquired prior to detectingactivation of the shutter button at the first time is (922) a predefinednumber of images (e.g., 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 images).

In some embodiments, the plurality of images acquired prior to detectingactivation of the shutter button at the first time is (924) images thatare within a predefined time prior to the first time (e.g., within 0.5,1.0, 1.5, 2.0, or 2.5 seconds prior to the first time).

In some embodiments, the plurality of images acquired prior to detectingactivation of the shutter button at the first time is (926) images thatare within a predefined time prior to a time at which the representativeimage is acquired (e.g., within 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, or 2.5 seconds priorto the time at which the representative image is acquired).

In some embodiments, the plurality of images acquired prior to detectingactivation of the shutter button at the first time are (928) from arange of time between the first time and a second time that is prior tothe first time, and acquiring the plurality of images prior to detectingactivation of the shutter button at the first time is independent ofdetecting an interaction with the shutter button that is temporallyproximate to the second time (other than detecting activation of theshutter button at the first time). For example, the plurality of imagesacquired prior to detecting activation of the shutter button at thefirst time is not acquired in response to detecting an interaction withthe shutter button that is temporally proximate to the second time(other than detecting activation of the shutter button at the firsttime). For example, the plurality of images acquired prior to detectingactivation of the shutter button at the first time is not acquired inresponse to detecting a partial (or complete) activation of the shutterbutton at or near the second time.

In some embodiments, the plurality of images, in the first sequence ofimages, that are acquired prior to detecting activation of the shutterbutton at the first time meet (930) one or more predefined groupingcriteria. In some embodiments, the predefined grouping criteria includeselecting (932) a predefined number of images prior to detectingactivation of the shutter button. In some embodiments, the predefinedgrouping criteria include selecting (934) a predefined number of imagesprior to the representative image. In some embodiments, the predefinedgrouping criteria include selecting (936) images in a predefined rangeof time immediately prior to detecting activation of the shutter button.In some embodiments, the predefined grouping criteria include selecting(938) images in a predefined range of time immediately prior to the timeat which the representative image is acquired.

In some embodiments, the live preview is (940) displayed as part of amedia capture user interface that includes an affordance for enablingthe first media acquisition mode and the shutter button is a softwarebutton displayed in the media capture user interface (e.g., shutterbutton 514, FIGS. 5A-5H). In response to detecting the activation of theshutter button (e.g., tap gesture 518, FIG. 5F), the device displays(942) an animation associated with the shutter button (e.g., ananimation of a portion of the shutter button breaking apart and flyingback together, as shown in FIGS. 5F-5H) that lasts for an amount of timethat corresponds to an amount of time after the activation of theshutter button that the camera is acquiring images for the firstsequence of images (e.g., so as to provide the user with an indicationthat media is still being captured). In some embodiments, the animationis a looping animation that can be seamlessly extended if the shutterbutton is activated again before the camera is finished acquiring imagesfor the first sequence of images.

In some embodiments, the device begins (944) acquiring and storingimages upon entering the first media acquisition mode (independent ofdetecting activations of the shutter button). The device deletes (946)(or marks for deletion) images that are not grouped into a respectiveplurality of images that are in temporal proximity to activation of theshutter button at a respective time while in the first media acquisitionmode.

In some embodiments, the device begins (948) acquiring and storingimages upon displaying the live preview (independent of detectingactivations of the shutter button). The device deletes (950) (or marksfor deletion) images that are not grouped into a respective plurality ofimages that are in temporal proximity to activation of the shutterbutton at a respective time while in the first media acquisition mode.

In some embodiments, the devices acquire (952) and store images whiledisplaying the live preview, independent of detecting activations of theshutter button. The device deletes (954) (or marks for deletion)acquired and stored images that are not grouped into a respectiveplurality of images that are in temporal proximity to activation of theshutter button at a respective time while in the first media acquisitionmode.

In some embodiments, the user can select a length of time that an imageis retained before discarding the image if it is not grouped into asequence of images. For example, the user can set the device to retainimages displayed in the live preview mode for 5, 10, or 20 seconds.Assuming, for example, that the user selects a length of time of 5seconds, an image displayed in the live preview is retained for 5seconds after it is displayed in the live preview and then discarded(e.g., deleted, or marked for deletion) if it is not grouped into asequence of images by activation of the shutter button.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting activation of the shutterbutton at the first time, the device associates (956), with the firstsequence of images, audio that corresponds to the first sequence ofimages (e.g., including audio that was recorded prior to detectingactivation of the shutter button and audio that was recorded afterdetecting activation of the shutter button). In some embodiments, thedevice includes a microphone (or is in communication with a microphone)and audio detected when the sequence of images was acquired is stored inthe memory and linked to (or otherwise associated with) the stored firstsequence of images. For example, FIGS. 6E-6I illustrate playback of asequence of images with corresponding audio.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting activation of the shutterbutton at the first time, the device associates (958), with the firstsequence of images, metadata that corresponds to the first sequence ofimages (e.g., FIGS. 6J-6M illustrate playback of a sequence of imageswith corresponding metadata). In some embodiments, metadata such astime, date, location (e.g., via GPS), weather, music that was playingwhen the sequence of images was acquired (e.g., music identified withmusic identification software in the device, such as Shazam, SoundHound,or Midomi), local event information (such as a sports game that wasbeing played when and where the first sequence of images was acquired),post-event information (such as a final score), etc., for the sequenceof images is stored in the memory and linked to (or otherwise associatedwith) the stored sequence of images.

In some embodiments, the device automatically excludes (960) (or deletesor forgoes displaying as part of the sequence) blurred images from thefirst sequence of images.

In some embodiments, after detecting activation of the shutter button atthe first time, the device detects (962) a next activation of theshutter button at a second time (without detecting any activations ofthe shutter button between the first time and the second time). Inresponse to detecting the next activation of the shutter button at thesecond time: the device groups (964) a plurality of images acquired bythe camera in temporal proximity to the activation of the shutter buttonat the second time into a second sequence of images. The second sequenceof images includes: a plurality of images acquired by the camera priorto detecting activation of the shutter button at the second time and arepresentative image that represents the second sequence of images andwas acquired by the camera after one or more of the other images in thesecond sequence of images. In some embodiments, capturing sequences ofimages is done in an analogous manner to capturing individual imageswith a conventional digital camera, which makes it simple and intuitivefor even novice users to capture such sequences of images. For aconventional digital camera, each time the shutter button is activated,an individual image is captured. Here, each time the shutter button isactivated, a sequence of images is captured. This manner of capturingsequences of images is different from the manner of capturing video witha conventional digital camera. For capturing video with a conventionaldigital camera, a first activation of a shutter button starts recordingthe video and the next activation of the shutter button stops recordingthe video.

In some embodiments, the first frame and/or a last frame in a sequenceare changed in accordance with a change of the representative image(e.g., as shown in FIGS. 5I-5K). To that end, in some embodiments, thefirst sequence of images includes (966) an initial image in the firstsequence of images, a first number of images acquired between theinitial image and the representative image, a final image in the firstsequence of images, and a second number of images acquired between therepresentative image and the final image. The device detects (968) aninput that corresponds to a request to change the representative imagein the first sequence of images. In some embodiments, while in an imagesequence editing mode, the device detects a gesture (e.g., a draggesture or a tap gesture) that causes a representative-image-selectionindicator to move from the current representative image to another imagein the first sequence of images (e.g., touch gesture 522). In someembodiments, while in an image sequence editing mode, the device detectsa gesture (e.g., a drag gesture or a tap gesture) that causes thecurrent representative image to move out of arepresentative-image-selection area and causes another image in thefirst sequence of images to move into the representative-image-selectionarea. In response to detecting the input that corresponds to the requestto change the representative image in the first sequence of images: thedevice changes (970) the representative image to a revisedrepresentative image in accordance with the detected input; and changesthe grouped plurality of images in the first sequence of images byadding images at one end of the first sequence of images and deletingimages at the other end of the first sequence of images in accordancewith the detected input such that the first sequence of images has arevised initial image and a revised final image.

In some embodiments, the number of images between the initial image andthe representative image and the number of images between the revisedinitial image and the revised representative image is the same. In someembodiments, the number of images between the representative image andthe final image and the number of images between the revisedrepresentative image and the revised final image is the same. In someembodiments, the added images are in temporal proximity to the one endof the first sequence of images. For example, if the revisedrepresentative image is three images earlier in the first sequence ofimages, then three images (acquired immediately before the initialimage) are added to the beginning of the first sequence (with theearliest of the three images becoming the revised initial image), andthree images are deleted from the end of the first sequence.

In some embodiments, the display is (972) a touch-sensitive display. Thedevice receives (974) a request to display the representative image fromthe first sequence of images. In response to receiving the request todisplay the representative image, the device displays (976) therepresentative image on the touch-sensitive display. While displayingthe representative image, the device receives (978) a touch input on thetouch-sensitive display on the representative image, the touch inputincluding a characteristic that changes with time. For example, anintensity of the touch input changes with time, or a position of acontact in the touch input changes with time (e.g., due to lateralmovement of the contact across the touch-sensitive display). In responseto receiving the touch input on the touch-sensitive display on therepresentative image, the device displays (980) (e.g., sequentially)images in the first sequence of images at a rate that is determinedbased on the change in the characteristic of the touch input over time(for example, as described with reference to the press-and-hold gesture,FIGS. 6A-6FF, or a navigational drag gesture, FIGS. 7A-7CC).

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 9A-9G have been described is merely exemplary and isnot intended to indicate that the described order is the only order inwhich the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processesdescribed herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g.,methods 1000, 10000, 10050, 1100, 11000, 1200, 2400, 2500, 2600, and2700) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 900 describedabove with respect to FIGS. 9A-9G. For example, the contacts, gestures,user interface objects, intensity thresholds, animations, and sequencesof images, described above with reference to method 900 optionally haveone or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, userinterface objects, intensity thresholds, animations, and sequences ofimages described herein with reference to other methods described herein(e.g., methods 1000, 10000, 10050, 1100, 11000, 1200, 2400, 2500, 2600,and 2700). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Inaddition, it should be noted that the details of other processesdescribed in Appendix A are also applicable in an analogous manner tomethod 900 described above with respect to FIGS. 9A-9G. For example, theacquiring, grouping, and storing operations described above with respectto method 900 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of thecapturing, trimming, storing, or retrieving operations for enhancedphotos described in Appendix A.

FIGS. 10A-10E illustrate a flow diagram of a method 1000 of displaying(or replaying) a sequence of related images in accordance with someembodiments. The method 1000 is performed at an electronic device (e.g.,device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) witha display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the deviceincludes one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with thetouch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is atouch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integratedwith the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from thetouch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1000 are, optionally,combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

The device displays (1002) a representative image on the display (e.g.,while the device is in an image presentation mode, see FIG. 6A). Therepresentative image is one image in a sequence of images taken by acamera. The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image. The sequence ofimages also includes one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image. In some embodiments, the camera thattook the sequence of images is part of the electronic device. In someembodiments, the sequence of images was taken by a camera that is notpart of the electronic device (e.g., the sequence of images wastransferred to the electronic device after being taken with a camera onanother device). In some embodiments, the sequence of images wasobtained in response to detecting activation of a shutter button at afirst time, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method 2600. In some embodiments, therepresentative image corresponds to the representative image acquired bythe camera, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method 2600.

While displaying the representative image on the display, the devicedetects (1004) a first portion of a first input (e.g., an input on thetouch-sensitive surface, see first portion 616-1 of first input 616,FIGS. 6B-6D). In some embodiments, the first input is (1006) apress-and-hold gesture (e.g., a press-and-hold finger gesture on therepresentative image on a touch-sensitive display, or a press-and-holdfinger gesture on a track pad while a cursor or other focus selector isover the representative image on a display). In some embodiments, thefirst input is a click-and-hold input with a mouse while a cursor orother focus selector is over the representative image on a display. Insome embodiments, the device includes (1008) one or more sensors todetect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, and thefirst input includes a finger contact that satisfies firstcontact-intensity criteria (e.g., a finger gesture on the representativeimage on a touch-sensitive display, or a finger gesture on a track padwhile a cursor or other focus selector is over the representative imageon a display, wherein a contact in the finger gesture exceeds a lightpress (or deep press) intensity threshold for at least part of theinput). For example, as shown in FIGS. 6B-6D, first input 616 is apress-and-hold input that exceeds light press intensity thresholdIT_(L).

In response to detecting the first portion of the first input, thedevice replaces (1010) display of the representative image with display,in sequence, of the one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the representative image (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 6B-6D).Thus, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the first portion ofthe first input, the one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the representative image are sequentially displayed. In someembodiments, the one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the representative image are displayed (1012), in response todetecting the first portion of the first input, in sequence at a ratethat is based on an intensity of a contact in the first portion of theinput (e.g., the rate of display increases as an intensity of a contactin the first portion of the first input increases, and the rate ofdisplay decreases as an intensity of a contact in the first portion ofthe first input decreases). In some embodiments, the rate at whichimages from the representative image to the final image are sequentiallydisplayed (in response to detecting the first portion of the firstinput) varies in accordance with the intensity of a contact in the firstportion of the first input. In some embodiments, after this initialdependence of the display rate on contact intensity in the first input,subsequent displays of the sequence of images (in response to detectinglater portions of the first input, as shown in FIGS. 6E-6M) occur atfixed display rates, independent of the contact intensity in laterportions of the first input. In some embodiments, the one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image aredisplayed, in response to detecting the first portion of the firstinput, in sequence at a fixed rate. In some embodiments, the position ofthe progress through the sequence of images is based on an intensity ofthe contact (e.g., particular intensities of the contact are mapped to acorresponding amount of progress through the sequence of images, asshown in FIGS. 6P-6V and FIG. 6W). In some embodiments this mappingbetween intensity and animation progress applies when the intensity ofthe contact intensities between IT_(L) an IT_(D) and when the intensityof the contact is above IT_(D) the animation between the sequence ofimages progresses at a predefined rate (e.g. 1× real time) or at a ratethat is determined based on the intensity of the contact (e.g., fasterfor a contact with higher intensity and slower for a contact with lowerintensity). In some embodiments, replacing display of the representativeimage with display, in sequence, of the one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image includes displayingan animation that dynamically displays images in the sequence of imagesbased on changes in the intensity of the first contact over time.

In some embodiments, replacing display of the representative image withdisplay, in sequence, of the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image includes updating (e.g.,replacing) the displayed image multiple times a second (e.g., 10, 20,30, or 60 times per second), optionally without regard to whether or notthe first portion of the first input meets one or more predeterminedintensity criteria. In some embodiments, the animation is a fluidanimation that is updated as the intensity of the first portion of thefirst input changes, so as to provide feedback to the user as to theamount of intensity detected by the device (e.g., feedback as to theamount of force applied by the user). In some embodiments the animationis updated smoothly and quickly so as to create the appearance for theuser that the user interface is responding in real-time to changes inforce applied to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., the animation isperceptually instantaneous for the user so as to provide immediatefeedback to the user and enable the user to better modulate the forcethat they are applying to the touch-sensitive surface to interactefficiently with user interface objects that are responsive to contactswith different or changing intensity).

In some embodiments, an animation showing the sequence of images beingreplaced, in sequence, is displayed in a manner that dynamicallyresponds to small changes in the intensity of the first contact (e.g.,as shown in FIG. 6W).

In some embodiments, after detecting the first portion of the firstinput, the device detects (1014) a second portion of the first input(e.g., continuing to detect sufficient contact and/or intensity in afinger gesture). In some embodiments, the second portion is acontinuation of the first input that has the same characteristics as thefirst portion of the first input (e.g., there is no time dependentchange between the first portion and the second portion of the firstinput). In some embodiments, unless interrupted or discontinued by theuser, the first portion of the first input lasts as long as it takes toperform operation 1010, and anything after that is the second portion,or a later portion, of the first input.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second portion of thefirst input, the device displays (1016), in sequence, the one or moreimages acquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image,the representative image, and the one or more images acquired by thecamera after acquiring the representative image (e.g., as shown in FIGS.6E-6I). Thus, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the secondportion of the first input, the entire sequence of images is displayed,from the initial image to the final image in the sequence.

In some embodiments, instead of responding to detecting the firstportion of the first input by replacing display of the representativeimage with display, in sequence, of the one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image, the device respondsto detecting the first portion of the first input by replacing displayof the representative image with display, in sequence, of the initialimage of the sequence followed by the remainder of the sequence.

In some embodiments, the sequence of images is displayed (1018), inresponse to detecting the second portion of the first input, in sequenceat a fixed rate. In some embodiments, images in the sequence of imagesare sequentially displayed at a fixed rate, independent of the intensityof a contact in the first input (e.g., during the second portion of thefirst input). For example, the sequence of images is sequentiallydisplayed at a 1× video playback rate (e.g., a rate at which the imageswere obtained) during the second portion of the first input. In someembodiments, the rate at which images in the sequence of images aresequentially displayed during the second portion of the first inputdepends on the intensity of a contact in the first input. For example,the rate increases as the intensity of the contact increases. In someembodiments, the sequence of images is displayed, in response todetecting the second portion of the first input, in sequence at a ratethat is based on an intensity of a contact in the first portion of theinput.

In some embodiments, the device cross fades (1020) from displaying, insequence, the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image to displaying, in sequence, the one or moreimages acquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image.In some embodiments, a cross fade animation is displayed from the end ofthe sequence of images (e.g., as shown in FIG. 6D) to the beginning tothe sequence of images (e.g., as shown in FIG. 6E) when the sequence ofimages is looped or displayed again.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second portion of thefirst input, the device presents (1022) audio that corresponds to thesequence of images. In some embodiments, in response to detecting thesecond portion of the first input, the entire sequence of images isdisplayed with corresponding audio that was recorded when the sequenceof images was acquired. In some embodiments, audio is not presented inresponse to detecting the first portion of the first input. In someembodiments, the audio is presented during the first complete playbackof the sequence of images (e.g., in response to detecting the secondportion of the first input). In some embodiments, if the first input ismaintained after the first complete playback of the sequence of images(e.g., in response to detecting the second portion of the first input),the audio is not presented again during subsequent playbacks of thesequence in response to continued detection of the first input. In someembodiments, for a given input, the audio is only presented during thefirst complete playback of the sequence of images. In some embodiments,for a given input, the audio is only presented during the secondcomplete playback of the sequence of images.

In some embodiments, after detecting the second portion of the firstinput, the device detects (1024) a third portion of the first input(e.g., continuing to detect sufficient contact and/or intensity in afinger gesture, as shown in FIGS. 6J-6M). In some embodiments, the thirdportion of the first input is a continuation of the second portion ofthe first input without a change in a characteristic of the first input.In response to detecting the third portion of the first input, thedevice displays (1026), in sequence, the one or more images acquired bythe camera before acquiring the representative image, the representativeimage, and the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image (e.g., the device loops back and displays thesequence again). In some embodiments, if pressure and/or contact in thefirst input are maintained, the sequence of images is displayed again.In some embodiments, the looping and playback continues as long as thefirst input is maintained.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the third portion of thefirst input, the device displays (1028) metadata that corresponds to thesequence of images. In some embodiments, if pressure and/or contact inthe first input is maintained, the sequence of images is displayed againwith concurrent display of metadata for the sequence of images, such astime, date, location (e.g., via GPS), weather, music that was playingwhen the sequence of images was acquired (e.g., music identified withmusic identification software in the device, such as Shazam, SoundHound,or Midomi), local event information (such as a sports game that wasbeing played when and where the first sequence of images was acquired),and/or post-event information (such as a final score). For example,FIGS. 6J-6M illustrate concurrent display of location and timeinformation corresponding to the images in the sequence of images.

In some embodiments, the device detects (1030) termination of the firstinput (e.g., detecting liftoff of a contact in the first input ordetecting the intensity of a contact in the first input drop below apredetermined threshold intensity value, such as IT_(L), as shown inFIG. 6N). In response to detecting termination of the first input, thedevice displays (1032) the representative image (e.g., the devicedisplays an animation that ends with display of just the representativeimage in the sequence of images).

In some embodiments, the device detects (1034) termination of the firstinput (e.g., detecting liftoff of a contact in the first input ordetecting the intensity of a contact in the first input drop below apredetermined threshold intensity value, such as IT_(L), as shown inFIG. 6N) while displaying a first image in the sequence of images (e.g.,image 602-4, FIG. 6N). In response (1036) to detecting termination ofthe first input while displaying the first image in the sequence ofimages: in accordance with a determination that the first image occursbefore the representative image in the sequence of images (e.g., thefirst image was taken before the representative image), the devicesequentially displays, in chronological order, images from the firstimage to the representative image (e.g., the device displays thesequence of images forward until it gets to the representative image).In accordance with a determination that the first image occurs after therepresentative image in the sequence of images (e.g., the first imagewas taken after the representative image), the device sequentiallydisplays, in reverse-chronological order, images from the first image tothe representative image (e.g., the device displays the sequence ofimages backwards until it gets to the representative image). In someembodiments, sequentially displaying, in chronological order, imagesfrom the first image to the representative image includes graduallyslowing down the rate at which the images are displayed, so that theplayback of the sequence of images slowly eases to a stop at therepresentative image. In some embodiments, sequentially displaying, inreverse-chronological order, images from the first image to therepresentative image includes gradually slowing down the rate at whichthe images are displayed, so that the reverse playback of the sequenceof images slowly eases to a stop at the representative image.

In some embodiments, the sequence of images is (1038) configured to besequentially displayed in a loop in either a forward direction or areverse direction. The device detects (1040) termination of the firstinput (e.g., the device detects liftoff of a contact in the first inputor detecting the intensity of a contact in the first input drop below apredetermined threshold intensity value) while displaying a first imagein the sequence of images. In response (1042) to detecting terminationof the first input while displaying the first image in the sequence ofimages: in accordance with a determination that there are fewer imagesbetween the first image and the representative image when the loop istraversed in the forward direction, the device sequentially displaysimages from the first image to the representative image in the forwarddirection, and in accordance with a determination that there are fewerimages between the first image and the representative image when theloop is traversed in the reverse direction, the device sequentiallydisplays images from the first image to the representative image in thereverse direction.

In some embodiments, the one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the representative image are sequentially displayed (1044) inaccordance with respective intensity levels applied by the first input.For example, as shown in FIGS. 6P-6V and 6W, respective images aremapped to respective intensities, and the user can scrub forward andbackward through the one or more images that were obtained after therepresentative image by changing the intensity applied by the firstinput (e.g., providing a touch input with intensity that corresponds tointensity range 618-4 initiates displaying a user interface illustratedin FIG. 6R and subsequently increasing the intensity of the touch inputso that the intensity corresponds to intensity range 618-5 initiatesreplacing display of the user interface illustrated in FIG. 6R with theuser interface illustrated in FIG. 6S).

In some embodiments, the first portion of the first input includes(1046) a change in intensity of a contact detected on thetouch-sensitive surface (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 6P-6V). While therepresentative image is displayed and the contact has a first intensity,the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact by arespective amount to a second intensity. In response to detecting theincrease in intensity of the contact by the respective amount, thedevice replaces display of the representative image with display of afirst subsequent image that is a respective number of images after therepresentative image in the sequence of images. For example, in FIGS.6Q-6R, the intensity of contact 636 increases from intensity withintensity range 618-3 to intensity within intensity range 618-4, anddisplay of image 602-3 is replaced with display of image 602-4. Whiledisplaying the first subsequent image and the contact has the secondintensity, the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact bythe respective amount to a third intensity. In response to detecting theincrease in intensity of the contact by the respective amount from thesecond intensity to the third intensity, the device replaces display ofthe first subsequent image with display of a second subsequent imagethat is the respective number of images after the first subsequent imagein the sequence of images. For example, in FIGS. 6R-6S, the intensity ofcontact 636 increases from intensity within intensity range 618-4 tointensity within range 618-5, and display of image 602-4 is replacedwith display of image 602-5.

In some embodiments, the respective number of images is based (1048) onthe magnitude of the change in intensity of the contact. For example, inFIGS. 6Q-6S, when the intensity of contact 636 increases from intensitywithin intensity range 618-3 to intensity within intensity range 618-4,the respective number of images is one, and when the intensity ofcontact 636 increases from intensity within intensity range 618-3 tointensity within intensity range 618-5, the respective number of imagesis two.

In some embodiments, when the change in intensity of the contact has afirst magnitude, the first sequential image is (1050) immediately afterthe respective image in the sequence of images and the second sequentialimage is immediately after the first sequential image in the sequence ofimages. In some embodiments, when the respective change in intensity ofthe contact has a second magnitude that is greater than the firstmagnitude, the first sequential image spaced apart from the respectiveimage by a respective number of images in the sequence of images and thesecond sequential image is spaced apart from the first sequential imageby the respective number of images in the sequence of images, whereinthe respective number of images is one or more images. For example, inFIGS. 6Q-6S, when the intensity of contact 636 increases from intensitywithin intensity range 618-3 to intensity within intensity range 618-4,display of image 602-3 is replaced with display of image 602-4, and whenthe intensity of contact 636 increases from intensity within intensityrange 618-3 to intensity within intensity range 618-5, display of image602-3 is replaced with display of image 602-5.

In some embodiments, the first portion of the first input includes(1052) a change in intensity of a contact detected on thetouch-sensitive surface (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 6P-6V). While therepresentative image is displayed and the contact has a first intensity,the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact by arespective amount to a second intensity. In response to detecting theincrease in intensity of the contact by the (same) respective amount,the device replaces display of the representative image with display ofa first subsequent image that is a respective number of images after therepresentative image in the sequence of images. For example, in FIGS.6Q-6R, the intensity of contact 636 increases from intensity withintensity range 618-3 to intensity within intensity range 618-4, anddisplay of image 602-3 is replaced with display of image 602-4. Whiledisplaying the first subsequent image and the contact has the secondintensity, the device detects a change in intensity of the contact bythe (same) respective amount. In response to detecting the change inintensity of the contact by the (same) respective amount: in accordancewith a determination that the change in intensity of the contact by the(same) respective amount includes an increase in intensity of thecontact from the second intensity to a third intensity, the devicereplaces display of the first subsequent image with display of a secondsubsequent image that is the respective number of images after the firstsubsequent image in the sequence of images; and in accordance with adetermination that the change in intensity of the contact by the (same)respective amount includes a decrease in intensity of the contact fromthe second intensity to the first intensity, the device replaces displayof the first subsequent image with display of the representative image.For example, when the intensity of contact 636 increases from intensitywithin intensity range 618-4 to intensity within range 618-5 as shown inFIGS. 6R-6S, display of image 602-4 is replaced with display of image602-5, and when the intensity of contact 636 decreases from intensitywithin intensity range 618-4 to intensity within intensity range 618-3as shown in FIGS. 6T-6U, display of image 602-4 is replaced with displayof image 602-3.

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 10A-10E have been described is merely exemplary andis not intended to indicate that the described order is the only orderin which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. In some implementations, one or more operations described hereinmay be omitted. For example, in some embodiments, operations 1014 and1016 are omitted. Additionally, it should be noted that details of otherprocesses described herein with respect to other methods describedherein (e.g., methods 900, 10000, 10050, 1100, 11000, 1200, 2400, 2500,2600, and 2700) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method1000 described above with respect to FIGS. 10A-10E. For example, thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images, described above with reference tomethod 1000 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images described herein with reference toother methods described herein (e.g., methods 900, 10000, 10050, 1100,11000, 1200, 2400, 2500, 2600, and 2700). For brevity, these details arenot repeated here.

FIGS. 10F-10I illustrate a flow diagram of a method 10000 of displaying(or replaying) a sequence of related images in accordance with someembodiments. The method 10000 is performed at an electronic device(e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG.1A) with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments,the device includes one or more sensors to detect intensity of contactswith the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is atouch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integratedwith the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from thetouch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 10000 are,optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally,changed.

The device displays (10002) a representative image on the display. Therepresentative image is one image in a sequence of images taken by acamera. The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image. The sequence ofimages includes one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image. In some embodiments, the sequence ofimages is analogous to the sequence of images described with referenceto operation 1002 of method 1000.

While displaying the representative image on the display, the devicedetects (10004) a first portion of a first input. In some embodiments,the first input is (10006) a press-and-hold gesture. In someembodiments, the first input is analogous to the first input describedwith reference to operations 1004-1008 of method 1000.

In response to detecting the first portion of the first input: thedevice transitions (10008) from displaying the representative image todisplaying a respective prior image in the sequence of images, whereinthe respective prior image was acquired by the camera before acquiringthe representative image; and, after transitioning from displaying therepresentative image to displaying the respective prior image, thedevice displays, in sequence starting with the respective prior image,at least some of the one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image and at least some of the one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image.In some embodiments, after transitioning from displaying therepresentative image to displaying the respective prior image, thedevice displays, in sequence starting with the respective prior image,at least some of the one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image, the representative image, and atleast some of the one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the representative image.

In some embodiments, transitioning from displaying the representativeimage to displaying the respective prior image includes displaying(10010), in sequence, at least some of the one or more images acquiredby the camera after acquiring the representative image and thenreplacing display of a respective subsequent image acquired afteracquiring the representative image with the respective prior image(e.g., the device cross fades and/or blurs to switch from displaying therespective subsequent image to displaying the respective prior image, asdescribed with reference to diagram 650, FIG. 6X).

In some embodiments, transitioning from displaying the representativeimage to displaying the respective prior image includes replacing(10012) display of the representative image with the respective priorimage (e.g., the device cross fades and/or blurs to switch fromdisplaying the representative image to displaying the respective priorimage, without displaying one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image prior to the switch, asdescribed with reference to diagram 656, FIG. 6X).

In some embodiments, transitioning from displaying the representativeimage to displaying the respective prior image includes: in accordancewith a determination that the first portion of the first input meetsfirst playback criteria (e.g., detecting a slow increase in intensity ofa contact to a playback intensity threshold or detecting an increase inintensity of the contact to a slow playback intensity threshold that islower than a fast playback intensity threshold), displaying (10014), insequence, at least some of the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image and then replacing display of arespective subsequent image acquired after acquiring the representativeimage with the respective prior image (e.g., cross fading and/orblurring to switch from displaying the respective subsequent image todisplaying the respective prior image); and, in accordance with adetermination that the first portion of the first input meets secondplayback criteria (e.g., detecting a fast increase in intensity of thecontact to the playback intensity threshold or detecting an increase inintensity of the contact to the fast playback intensity threshold),different from the first playback criteria, replacing display of therepresentative image with the respective prior image (e.g., cross fadingand/or blurring to switch from displaying the representative image todisplaying the respective prior image, without displaying one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative imageprior to the switch).

In some embodiments, the device includes (10016) one or more sensorunits to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.The first input includes a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. Thefirst playback criteria include a criterion that is met when the contacthas a characteristic intensity above a first intensity threshold (e.g.,light press threshold IT_(L), FIG. 6X). The second playback criteriainclude a criterion that is met when the contact has a characteristicintensity above a second intensity threshold that is greater than thefirst intensity threshold (e.g., deep press threshold IT_(D), FIG. 6X).

In some embodiments, the one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring the representative image and the one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image aredisplayed (10018), in sequence starting with the respective prior image,at a fixed rate (e.g., in an analogous manner to the display of imagesat a fixed rate described with reference to operation 1018, method1000).

In some embodiments, the device presents (10020) audio that correspondsto the sequence of images (e.g., analogous to presentation of audiodescribed with reference to operation 1022, method 1000).

In some embodiments, after detecting the first portion of the firstinput, the device detects (10022) a second portion of the first input.In response to detecting the second portion of the first input, thedevice displays, in sequence, at least some of the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image and atleast some of the one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the representative image (e.g., in an analogous manner tooperations 1024-1028, method 1000). In some embodiments, in response todetecting the second portion of the first input, the device displays(10024) metadata that corresponds to the sequence of images.

In some embodiments, the device detects (10026) termination (e.g.liftoff) of the first input. In response to detecting termination of thefirst input, the device displays the representative image. (e.g., in ananalogous manner to operations 1030-1032, method 1000).

In some embodiments, the device detects (10028) termination (e.g.liftoff) of the first input while displaying a first image in thesequence of images. In response to detecting termination of the firstinput while displaying the first image in the sequence of images: inaccordance with a determination that the first image occurs before therepresentative image in the sequence of images, the device sequentiallydisplays, in chronological order, images from the first image to therepresentative image, and in accordance with a determination that thefirst image occurs after the representative image in the sequence ofimages, the device sequentially displays, in reverse-chronologicalorder, images from the first image to the representative image (e.g., inan analogous manner to operations 1034-1036, method 1000).

In some embodiments, the sequence of images is (10030) configured to besequentially displayed in a loop in either a forward direction or areverse direction. The device detects termination (e.g., liftoff) of thefirst input while displaying a first image in the sequence of images. Inresponse to detecting termination of the first input while displayingthe first image in the sequence of images: in accordance with adetermination that there are fewer images between the first image andthe representative image when the loop is traversed in the forwarddirection, the device sequentially displays images from the first imageto the representative image in the forward direction, and in accordancewith a determination that there are fewer images between the first imageand the representative image when the loop is traversed in the reversedirection, the device sequentially displays images from the first imageto the representative image in the reverse direction (e.g., in ananalogous manner to operations 1038-1042, method 1000).

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 10F-10I have been described is merely exemplary andis not intended to indicate that the described order is the only orderin which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. In some implementations, one or more operations described hereinmay be omitted. For example, in some embodiments, operations 10014 and10016 are omitted. Additionally, it should be noted that details ofother processes described herein with respect to other methods describedherein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10050, 1100, 11000, 1200, 2400, 2500,2600, and 2700) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method10000 described above with respect to FIGS. 10F-10I. For example, thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images, described above with reference tomethod 10000 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images described herein with reference toother methods described herein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10050, 1100,11000, 1200, 2400, 2500, 2600, and 2700). For brevity, these details arenot repeated here.

FIGS. 10J-10M illustrate a flow diagram of a method 10050 of displaying(or replaying) a sequence of related images in accordance with someembodiments. The method 10050 is performed at an electronic device(e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG.1A) with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments,the device includes one or more sensors to detect intensity of contactswith the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is atouch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integratedwith the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from thetouch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 10050 are,optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally,changed.

At an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, andone or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with thetouch-sensitive surface: the device displays (10052) a representativeimage on the display (e.g., representative image 602-1, FIG. 6Y).

The representative image is one image in a sequence of images taken by acamera. The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image. In someembodiments, the representative image is an initial image in thesequence of images. In some embodiments, the sequence of images includes(10054) one or more images acquired by the camera before acquiring therepresentative image (e.g., sequence of images is analogous to thesequence of images described with reference to operation 1002 of method1000).

While displaying the representative image on the display, the devicedetects (10056) a first input that includes detecting an increase in acharacteristic intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface toa first intensity that is greater than a first intensity threshold(e.g., light press threshold IT_(L), FIGS. 6Y-6AA).

In some embodiments, the first input is (10058) a press-and-holdgesture. In some embodiments, the first input is analogous to the firstinput described with reference to operations 1004-1008 of method 1000.

In response to detecting the increase in the characteristic intensity ofthe contact, the device advances (10060), in a first direction (e.g., inchronological order), through the one or more images acquired by thecamera after acquiring the representative image at a rate that isdetermined based at least in part on the first intensity (e.g., asdescribed with reference to FIGS. 6Y-6AA).

After advancing through the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image at the rate that is determinedbased on the first intensity, the device detects (10062) a decrease inintensity of the contact to a second intensity that is less than thefirst intensity.

In response to detecting the decrease in the characteristic intensity ofthe contact to the second intensity: in accordance with a determinationthat the second intensity is above the first intensity threshold, thedevice continues (10064) to advance, in the first direction, through theone or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image at a second rate, wherein: the second rate isdetermined based at least in part on the second intensity and the secondrate is slower than the first rate; and, in accordance with adetermination that the second intensity is below the first intensitythreshold, the device moves, in a second direction that is opposite tothe first direction (e.g., reverse-chronological order), through the oneor more images acquired by the camera after acquiring the representativeimage at a rate that is determined based at least in part on the secondintensity (e.g., device 100 moves backwards in the sequence of images602 from FIG. 6AA to FIG. 6BB because input 644 has a contact intensitybelow light press threshold IT_(L)).

In some embodiments, images are (10066) displayed, in sequence, at arate that increases as the characteristic intensity of the contactincreases (e.g., the first rate and/or the second rate is proportionalto the characteristic intensity of the contact). In some embodiments, inaccordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity of thecontact is above a first intensity threshold, display of therepresentative image is replaced with display, in sequence, of at leastsome of the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image at a rate that increases as the characteristicintensity of the contact increases.

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that thecharacteristic intensity of the contact is below the first intensitythreshold, images in the sequence are displayed in reverse-chronologicalorder at a backward rate that increases as the characteristic intensityof the contact decreases (e.g., as shown in rate diagrams 646, FIGS.6Y-6AA, and the graphs shown in FIGS. 6CC-6DD).

In some embodiments, the rate forward or backward is determined inreal-time or near-real time, so that the user can speed up or slow downprogress through the images (either in the forward or reverse direction)by changing the characteristic intensity of the contact.

In some embodiments, the images are (10068) displayed, in sequence, at arate proportional to a difference between the characteristic intensityof the contact and the first intensity threshold (e.g., the first rateand/or the second rate is proportional to the difference between thecharacteristic intensity of the contact and the first intensitythreshold). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination thatthe characteristic intensity of the contact is above a first intensitythreshold, display of the representative image is replaced with display,in sequence, of at least some of the one or more images acquired by thecamera after acquiring the representative image at a rate proportionalto a difference between the characteristic intensity of the contact andthe first intensity threshold.

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that thecharacteristic intensity of the contact is below the first intensitythreshold, images in the sequence are displayed in reverse-chronologicalorder at a backward rate proportional to the difference between thecharacteristic intensity of the contact and the first intensitythreshold.

In some embodiments, the rate forward or backward is determined inreal-time or near-real time, so that the user can speed up or slow downprogress through the images (either in the forward or reverse direction)by changing the characteristic intensity of the contact.

In some embodiments, the device decreases (10070) a rate at which imagesin the sequence of images are displayed as a terminus of the sequence ofimages is approached e.g., independent of the characteristic intensityof the contact).

For example, in some embodiments, the first rate is (10072) determinedbased in part on a proximity of a currently displayed image to an end ofthe sequence of images (e.g., as playback nears the end of the sequence,the rate of advancement slows down, so that the playback of the sequenceof images slows to a stop at the end of the sequence of images). Thus,the device “brakes” slightly as it reaches the end of the sequence ofimages.

As another example, in some embodiments, the second rate is (10074)determined based in part on a proximity of a currently displayed imageto a beginning of the sequence of images (e.g., as reverse playbacknears the beginning of the sequence, the rate of backwards movementslows down, so that the reverse playback of the sequence of images slowsto a stop at the beginning of the sequence of images). Thus, the device“brakes” slightly as it reaches the beginning of the sequence of imagesmoving in reverse-chronological order.

In some embodiments, the rate of advancement through the sequence ofimages is (10076) constrained by a maximum rate while the contact isdetected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a maximum rate of 2×,where x is the standard playback speed for the content, e.g., the speedat which playing back for 1 second corresponds to 1 second of timeelapsing during the acquisition of the images in the sequence).

In some embodiments, intensity values of the characteristic intensity ofthe contact proximate to the first intensity threshold are (10078)associated with rate values that are at least a predetermined amountaway from a rate of zero images per second (e.g., 0.2× for values abovethe first intensity threshold and −0.2× for values below the firstintensity threshold). Ensuring that the playback rate of the sequence ofimages does not get close to zero prevents the images from being playedback so slowly that inconsistencies between the images become readilyapparent, which avoids breaking the illusion of smooth playback throughthe sequence of images.

In some embodiments, the rate of movement through the sequence of imagesis (10080) constrained by a maximum reverse rate while the contact isdetected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a maximum reverse rate of−2×).

In some embodiments, the representative image is (10082) displayed as abackground image on a lock screen of a device, and one or moreforeground elements (e.g., a date, a time, one or more notifications,network status information, battery status information, device unlockinstructions, and/or other status information) are not changed while thedevice advances through the one or more images captured after therespective image.

In some embodiments, the device displays (10084) metadata thatcorresponds to the sequence of images. For example, the device displaysmetadata such as time, date, location (e.g., via GPS), weather, musicthat was playing when the sequence of images was acquired (e.g., musicidentified with music identification software in the device, such asShazam, SoundHound, or Midomi), local event information (such as asports game that was being played when and where the first sequence ofimages was acquired), and/or post-event information (such as a finalscore).

In some embodiments, the device detects (10086) liftoff of the contactfrom the touch-sensitive surface. In response to detecting liftoff ofthe contact, the device moves through the images in the second directionat a rate that is greater than the maximum reverse rate (e.g., a rate of−4×).

In some embodiments, the device detects (10088) termination (e.g.,liftoff) of the first input. In response to detecting termination of thefirst input, the device displays the representative image (e.g., in ananalogous manner to operations 1030-1032, method 1000).

In some embodiments, the device detects (10090) termination (e.g.,liftoff) of the first input while displaying a first image in thesequence of images. In response to detecting termination of the firstinput while displaying the first image in the sequence of images: inaccordance with a determination that the first image occurs before therepresentative image in the sequence of images, the device sequentiallydisplays, in chronological order, images from the first image to therepresentative image, and in accordance with a determination that thefirst image occurs after the representative image in the sequence ofimages, the device sequentially displays, in reverse-chronologicalorder, images from the first image to the representative image (e.g., inan analogous manner to operations 1034-1036, method 1000).

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 10J-10M have been described is merely exemplary andis not intended to indicate that the described order is the only orderin which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. In some implementations, one or more operations described hereinmay be omitted. For example, in some embodiments, operations 10064 and10066 are omitted. Additionally, it should be noted that details ofother processes described herein with respect to other methods describedherein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 1100, 11000, 1200, 2400, 2500,2600, and 2700) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method10050 described above with respect to FIGS. 10J-10M. For example, thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images, described above with reference tomethod 10050 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images described herein with reference toother methods described herein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 1100,11000, 1200, 2400, 2500, 2600, and 2700). For brevity, these details arenot repeated here.

FIGS. 11A-11E illustrate a flow diagram of a method 1100 of navigatingthrough sequences of related images in accordance with some embodiments.The method 1100 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300,FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a displayand a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the device includesone or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with thetouch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is atouch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integratedwith the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from thetouch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1100 are, optionally,combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

The device stores (1102) a plurality of sequences of images (e.g., innon-volatile memory and/or program memory). A respective sequence ofimages includes: a respective representative image taken by a camera,one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring the respectiverepresentative image, and one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring the respective representative image. In someembodiments, the camera that took the respective sequence of images ispart of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the respectivesequence of images was taken by a camera that is not part of theelectronic device (e.g., the respective sequence of images wastransferred to the electronic device after being taken with a camera onanother device). In some embodiments, the respective sequence of imageswas obtained in response to detecting activation of a shutter button ata first time, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method 2600. In some embodiments, therespective representative image corresponds to the representative imageacquired by the camera, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5Kand method 900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method 2600. In someembodiments, the respective representative image has a higher resolutionthan other images in the respective sequence of images. In someembodiments, the respective representative image has the same resolutionas other images in the respective sequence of images.

The device displays (1104) a first representative image for a firstsequence of images in a movable first area on the display (e.g., whilethe device is in an image presentation mode, as shown in FIG. 7A). Insome embodiments, the movable first area is an area that displays imagesin the first sequence of images, without displaying images fromsequences of images other than the first sequence of images.

In some embodiments, the first sequence of images is (1106) a message ina message conversation displayed in a scrollable region of a messagingapplication, and the first sequence of images is displayed as thescrollable region of the messaging application is scrolled (e.g., as themessage moves across the display).

The device detects (1108) a drag gesture on the touch-sensitive surface(e.g., drag gesture 736, FIGS. 7B-7D). In some embodiments, the draggesture begins in the movable first area on the display. In someembodiments, the drag gesture ends in the movable first area on thedisplay. In some embodiments, the drag gesture begins and ends in themovable first area on the display (e.g., because the drag gesture dragsthe movable first area with it).

In accordance with a determination (1112) that the drag gesture is in afirst direction on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., leftward orupward): in the moveable first area, the device replaces (1114) displayof the first representative image for the first sequence of images withdisplay, in chronological order, of at least some of one or more imagesfor the first sequence of images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe first representative image for the first sequence of images. Thedevice also moves (1116) the first area in the first direction (e.g.,drags the first area with the drag gesture). For example, in response todetecting a leftward drag gesture, as shown FIGS. 7B-7D, the devicedrags first area 734 to the left.

In some embodiments, the movement of the first area in the firstdirection on the display corresponds to the movement of a contact in thedrag gesture in the first direction on the touch-sensitive surface(e.g., movement of the contact appears to directly manipulate themovement of the first area). More generally, in some embodiments, themovement of a respective area that displays images in a respectivesequence of images corresponds to the movement of a contact in a draggesture on the touch-sensitive surface.

In some embodiments, the display, in chronological order in the firstarea, of at least some of the one or more images for the first sequenceof images acquired by the camera after acquiring the firstrepresentative image occurs in accordance with the movement of a contactin the drag gesture. Thus, if the movement of the contact in the firstdirection speeds up, the display of the chronological progression ofimages in the first area speeds up. If the movement of the contact inthe first direction slows down, the display of the chronologicalprogression of images in the first area slows down. If the movement ofthe contact in the first direction is paused, the display of thechronological progression of images in the first area is paused. And, ifthe movement of the contact reverses direction (e.g., from a leftwarddrag gesture to a rightward drag gesture), the display of theprogression of images in the first sequence of images in the first areais reversed and the images are shown in reverse chronological order inaccordance with the movement of the contact in the reverse direction.More generally, in some embodiments, for a respective sequence ofimages, the display of a progression of images in the respectivesequence of images, in a respective area, occurs in accordance with themovement of a contact in the drag gesture.

In some embodiments, moving the first area in the first directionincludes (1118) moving at least part of the first area off of thedisplay in the first direction (e.g., leftward or upward). In someembodiments, as a result of moving the first area in the firstdirection, only a portion of the first area is displayed on the display.For example, as shown in FIGS. 7B-7D, part of first area 734 is draggedoff the screen.

In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the draggesture is in the first direction on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,leftward or upward): the device moves (1120) a movable second area inthe first direction. In some embodiments, the movable second area is anarea that displays images in the second sequence of images, withoutdisplaying images from sequences of images other than the secondsequence of images (e.g., movable second area 738, FIGS. 7B-7D). In someembodiments, the movable second area is adjacent to the movable firstarea (e.g., to the right of the movable first area). In someembodiments, movable second area is an area for a next sequence ofimages. While moving the second area in the first direction, the devicealso displays (1122), in chronological order in the second area, atleast some of one or more images for a second sequence of images (e.g.,the next sequence of images) acquired by the camera before acquiring asecond representative image for the second sequence of images.

In some embodiments, the display, in chronological order in the secondarea, of at least some of the one or more images for the second sequenceof images acquired by the camera before acquiring the secondrepresentative image occurs in accordance with the movement of a contactin the drag gesture (e.g., in analogous manner to that described abovewith reference to the first sequence of images). For example, during thedrag gesture, the images in the first area and the images in the secondarea are both advancing at the same rate, with the rate based on themovement of the contact.

In some embodiments, while moving the second area in the firstdirection, the second area just displays the second representative imagefor the second sequence of images, without displaying other images inthe second sequence of images.

In some embodiments, instead of moving the second area in the firstdirection, the second area is underneath the first area in a z-layer(front-to-back) order, and the second area is revealed as the first areamoves off the display in the first direction.

In some embodiments, like detecting a drag gesture in the firstdirection, detecting activation of a next icon or button (e.g., nexticon 750-1, FIG. 7A) also results in the animated display of images fromthe first sequence in the first area and the animated display of imagesfrom the second sequence in the second area. In some embodiments,detecting activation of a next icon or button results in display of thesecond representative image replacing display of the firstrepresentative image, without the animated display of images from thefirst sequence in the first area and without the animated display ofimages from the second sequence in the second area. In some embodiments,detecting activation of a next icon or button results in display of thesecond representative image replacing display of the firstrepresentative image, without displaying other images in the firstsequence or the second sequence. In some embodiments, the response todifferent types of input (e.g., a leftward drag gesture versusactivation of a next icon or button) is user configurable, for examplevia a settings interface.

In some embodiments, moving the second area in the first directionincludes (1124) moving at least part of the second area onto the displayin the first direction (e.g., leftward or upward). In some embodiments,as a result of moving the second area in the first direction, only aportion of the second area is displayed on the display, with more of thesecond area revealed as the second area is dragged in the firstdirection. For example, as shown in FIGS. 7B-7D, part of second area 738is dragged onto the screen.

In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the draggesture is in the first direction on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,leftward or upward): after moving the second area in the firstdirection, the device displays (1126) the second representative imagefor the second sequence of images in the second area. For example, FIG.7F illustrates that, as the upshot of drag gesture 736 (FIGS. 7B-7D),second representative image 724-3 is displayed (albeit with optionalintermediate operations being performed, as described below).

In some embodiments, while displaying the second representative imagefor the second sequence of images in the second area, the device detects(1128) a change in intensity of an input corresponding to the secondrepresentative image. In response to detecting the change in intensityof the input, the device advances (1130) through the second sequence ofimages in the second area without moving the second area on the display(e.g., starting with images chronologically after the secondrepresentative image and looping back to images chronologically beforethe second representative image). For example, in some embodiments, theuser can pause the drag gesture, thereby converting the drag gesture toa press-and-hold gesture that triggers playback the second sequence ofimages as described in greater detail with reference to methods1000/10000/10050, FIGS. 10A-10M).

In some embodiments, the device detects (1132) termination (e.g., liftoff) of the drag gesture while moving the first area and the secondarea. In response to detecting termination (1134) of the drag gesturewhile moving the first area and the second area: in accordance with adetermination that the drag gesture meets next-sequence-navigationcriteria (e.g., more than half of the first area has been moved off thedisplay (as shown FIG. 7E) or more than another predefined portion ofthe first area has been moved off the display (such as 0.2, 0.3 or 0.4)or the drag gesture is a flick gesture with a liftoff velocity above apredefined threshold velocity): the device moves (1136) the first areacompletely off the display in the first direction; moves the second areacompletely onto the display; and displays the second representativeimage for the second sequence of images in the second area. In someembodiments, the display, in chronological order in the first area, ofat least some of the one or more images for the first sequence of imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the first representative imagecontinues as the first area moves off the display (e.g., even after theinput is terminated). In some embodiments, the display, in chronologicalorder in the second area, of at least some of the one or more images forthe second sequence of images acquired by the camera before acquiring asecond representative image continues as the second area moves onto thedisplay until the second representative image is displayed.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting termination of the draggesture while moving the first area and the second area: in accordancewith a determination that the drag gesture does not meet thenext-sequence-navigation criteria: the devices moves (1138) the secondarea completely off the display in a second direction, opposite thefirst direction; moves the first area completely onto the display; anddisplays the first representative image for the first sequence of imagesin the first area. In some embodiments, the display, in chronologicalorder in the first area, of at least some of the one or more images forthe first sequence of images acquired by the camera after acquiring thefirst representative image is reversed as the first area movescompletely onto the display until the first representative image isdisplayed. In some embodiments, the display, in chronological order inthe second area, of at least some of the one or more images for thesecond sequence of images acquired by the camera before acquiring thesecond representative image is reversed as the second area movescompletely off the display.

In some embodiments in accordance with a determination (1140) that thedrag gesture is in a second direction on the touch-sensitive surface(e.g., rightward or downward): in the moveable first area, the devicereplaces (1142) display of the first representative image for the firstsequence of images with display, in reverse chronological order, of atleast some of one or more images for the first sequence of imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the first representative imagefor the first sequence of images. The device also moves (1144) the firstarea in the second direction (e.g., rightward or downward).

In some embodiments, the movement of the first area in the seconddirection on the display corresponds to the movement of a contact in thedrag gesture in the second direction on the touch-sensitive surface(e.g., movement of the contact appears to directly manipulate themovement of the first area). More generally, in some embodiments, themovement of a respective area that displays images in a respectivesequence of images corresponds to the movement of a contact in a draggesture on the touch-sensitive surface.

In some embodiments, the display, in reverse chronological order in thefirst area, of at least some of the one or more images for the firstsequence of images acquired by the camera before acquiring the firstrepresentative image occurs in accordance with the movement of a contactin the drag gesture. Thus, if the movement of the contact in the seconddirection speeds up, the display of the reverse chronologicalprogression of images in the first area speeds up. If the movement ofthe contact in the second direction slows down, the display of thereverse chronological progression of images in the first area slowsdown. If the movement of the contact in the second direction is paused,the display of the reverse chronological progression of images in thefirst area is paused. And, if the movement of the contact reversesdirection (e.g., from a rightward drag gesture to a leftward draggesture), the display of the progression of images in the first sequenceof images in the first area is reversed and the images are shown inchronological order in accordance with the movement of the contact inthe reverse direction. More generally, in some embodiments, for arespective sequence of images, the display of a progression of images inthe respective sequence of images, in a respective area, occurs inaccordance with the movement of a contact in the drag gesture.

In some embodiments, moving the first area in the second directionincludes (1146) moving at least part of the first area off of thedisplay in the second direction (e.g., rightward or downward). Forexample, in response to detecting rightward drag gesture 744, FIGS.7G-7I, the device moves first area 734 off of the display to the rightwhile displaying first sequence of images 702 in reverse chronologicalorder.

In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the draggesture is in the second direction on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,to the right or downward): the device moves (1148) a third area in thesecond direction. In some embodiments, the movable third area is an areathat displays images in the third sequence of images, without displayingimages from sequences of images other than the third sequence of images.In some embodiments, the movable third area is adjacent to the movablefirst area (e.g., to the left of the movable first area). While movingthe third area in the second direction, the device also displays (1150),in reverse chronological order in the third area, at least some of oneor more images for a third sequence of images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring a third representative image for the third sequence ofimages.

In some embodiments, the display, in reverse chronological order in thethird area, of at least some of the one or more images for the thirdsequence of images acquired by the camera after acquiring the thirdrepresentative image occurs in accordance with the movement of a contactin the drag gesture (e.g., in analogous manner to that described abovewith reference to the first sequence of images). For example, during thedrag gesture, the images in the first area and the images in the thirdarea are both retreating at the same rate, with the rate based on themovement of the contact.

In some embodiments, while moving the third area in the seconddirection, the third area just displays the third representative imagefor the third sequence of images, without displaying other images in thethird sequence of images.

In some embodiments, instead of moving the first area in the seconddirection, the first area is underneath the third area in a z-layer(front-to-back) order, and the first area is covered as the third areamoves onto the display in the second direction.

In some embodiments, like detecting a drag gesture in the seconddirection, detecting activation of a previous icon (e.g., previous icon750-2, FIG. 7A) or button also results in the animated display of imagesfrom the first sequence in the first area and the animated display ofimages from the third sequence in the third area. In some embodiments,detecting activation of a previous icon or button results in display ofthe third representative image replacing display of the firstrepresentative image, without the animated display of images from thefirst sequence in the first area and without the animated display ofimages from the third sequence in the third area. In some embodiments,detecting activation of a previous icon or button results in display ofthe third representative image replacing display of the firstrepresentative image, without displaying other images in the firstsequence or the third sequence. In some embodiments, the response todifferent types of input (e.g., a rightward drag gesture versusactivation of a previous icon or button) is user configurable, forexample via a settings interface.

In some embodiments, moving the third area in the second directionincludes (1152) moving at least part of the third area onto the displayin the second direction (e.g., rightward or downward). For example, inresponse to detecting rightward drag gesture 744, FIGS. 7G-7I, thedevice moves third area 746 onto the display from the right whiledisplaying third sequence of images 726 in reverse chronological order.

In some embodiments, the first sequence of images was acquired (1154) bythe camera before the second sequence of images and the first sequenceof images was acquired by the camera after the third sequence of images.For example, the sequences of images are in chronological order fromleft to right.

In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the draggesture is in the second direction on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,rightward or downward): after moving the third area in the seconddirection, the device displays (1156) the third representative image forthe third sequence of images in the third area (e.g., as shown in FIG.7K).

In some embodiments, the device detects (1158) termination (e.g., liftoff) of the drag gesture while moving the first area and the third area(e.g., as shown in FIG. 7J). In response to detecting (1160) terminationof the drag gesture while moving the first area and the third area: inaccordance with a determination that the drag gesture meets (1162)previous-sequence-navigation criteria (e.g., the first area is at leasthalf off the display (as shown in FIG. 7J) or more than anotherpredefined portion of the first area has been moved off the display(such as 0.2, 0.3 or 0.4), or the drag gesture is a flick gesture with aliftoff velocity above a predefined threshold velocity): the devicesmoves the first area completely off the display in the second direction(e.g., rightward or downward); moves the third area completely onto thedisplay; and displays the third representative image for the thirdsequence of images in the third area. In some embodiments, the display,in reverse chronological order, of at least some of one or more imagesfor the first sequence of images acquired by the camera before acquiringthe first representative image continues as the first area moves off thedisplay. In some embodiments, the display, in reverse chronologicalorder in the third area, of at least some of one or more images for thethird sequence of images acquired by the camera after acquiring a thirdrepresentative image continues as the third area moves onto the displayuntil the third representative image is displayed.

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the draggesture does not (1164) meet the previous-sequence-navigation criteria:the device moves the third area completely off the display in the firstdirection (e.g., leftward or upward); moves the first area completelyonto the display; and displays the first representative image for thefirst sequence of images in the first area. In some embodiments, thedisplay, in reverse chronological order in the first area, of at leastsome of the one or more images for the first sequence of images acquiredby the camera before acquiring the first representative image isreversed as the first area moves completely onto the display until thefirst representative image is displayed. In some embodiments, thedisplay, in reverse chronological order in the third area, of at leastsome of the one or more images for the third sequence of images acquiredby the camera after acquiring the third representative image is reversedas the third area moves completely off the display.

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 11A-11E have been described is merely exemplary andis not intended to indicate that the described order is the only orderin which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processesdescribed herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g.,methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050, 11000, 1200, 2400, 2500, 2600, and2700) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 1100described above with respect to FIGS. 11A-11E. For example, thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images, described above with reference tomethod 1100 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images described herein with reference toother methods described herein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050,11000, 1200, 2400, 2500, 2600, and 2700). For brevity, these details arenot repeated here.

FIGS. 11F-11I illustrate a flow diagram of a method 11000 of navigatingthrough sequences of related images in accordance with some embodiments.The method 11000 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300,FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a displayand a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the device includesone or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with thetouch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is atouch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integratedwith the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from thetouch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 11000 are,optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally,changed.

The device stores (11002) a plurality of sequences of images. Arespective sequence of images includes: a respective representativeimage taken by a camera, and one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring the respective representative image. In someembodiments, the camera that took the respective sequence of images ispart of the electronic device. In some embodiments, a respectivesequence of images includes (11004) one or more images acquired by thecamera after acquiring the respective representative image.

In some embodiments, the respective sequence of images was taken by acamera that is not part of the electronic device (e.g., the respectivesequence of images was transferred to the electronic device after beingtaken with a camera on another device). In some embodiments, therespective sequence of images was obtained in response to detectingactivation of a shutter button at a first time, as described herein withrespect to FIGS. 9A-9G (method 900) and/or FIGS. 26A-26D (method 2600).In some embodiments, the respective representative image corresponds tothe representative image acquired by the camera, as described hereinwith respect to FIGS. 9A-9G (method 900) and/or FIGS. 26A-26D (method2600). In some embodiments, the respective representative image has ahigher resolution than other images in the respective sequence ofimages. In some embodiments, the respective representative image has asame resolution as other images in the respective sequence of images.

The device displays (11006) a first representative image for a firstsequence of images in a movable first area on the display (e.g., whilethe device is in an image presentation mode). In some embodiments, themovable first area is an area that displays images in the first sequenceof images, without displaying images from sequences of images other thanthe first sequence of images (e.g., representative image 702-3, FIG.7Q).

In some embodiments, the first sequence of images is (11008) a messagein a message conversation displayed in a scrollable region of amessaging application, and the first sequence of images is displayed asthe scrollable region of the messaging application is scrolled (e.g., asdescribed with reference to operation 1106, method 1100).

The device detects (11010) a gesture on the touch-sensitive surface, thegesture including movement by a contact that corresponds to movement ina first direction on the display (e.g., flick/swipe gesture 740, FIGS.7Q-7S and/or drag gesture 764, FIGS. 7Y-7AA).

In response to detecting the gesture on the touch-sensitive surface, thedevice: moves (11012) (e.g., with the first representative image) thefirst area in the first direction on the display; moves a movable secondarea in the first direction on the display; and, in accordance with adetermination that sequence-display criteria are met, while moving thesecond area in the first direction, displays, in chronological order inthe second area, at least some of one or more images for a secondsequence of images acquired by the camera before acquiring a secondrepresentative image for the second sequence of images (e.g., display ofsequence of images 724, FIGS. 7R-7T). In some embodiments, the movementof the first area in the first direction on the display corresponds tothe movement of the contact in the gesture in the first direction on thetouch-sensitive surface (e.g., movement of the contact appears todirectly manipulate the movement of the first area). In someembodiments, the movable second area is an area that displays images ina second sequence of images, without displaying images from sequences ofimages other than the second sequence of images. In some embodiments,the movable second area is adjacent to the movable first area (e.g., tothe right of the movable first area).

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the gesture on thetouch-sensitive surface: in accordance with a determination that thesequence-display criteria are not met, while moving the second area inthe first direction, the device displays (11014) the secondrepresentative image for the second sequence of images in the movablesecond area on the display (without displaying other images in thesecond sequence of images in the moveable second area). In someembodiments, in accordance with a determination that thesequence-display criteria are not met, while moving the second area inthe first direction, the device displays an initial image (rather thanthe second representative image) for the second sequence of images inthe movable second area on the display, or another image acquired beforethe second representative image for the second sequence of images.

In some embodiments, the sequence-display criteria include (11016) acriterion that the contact lifts off prior to displaying, inchronological order in the second area, at least some of one or moreimages for the second sequence of images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the second representative image. In some embodiments, if thecontact continues to be detected while the second area is moving in thefirst direction, then just the representative image (or just the initialimage) for the second sequence images is displayed while the second areamoves in the first direction. For example, the contact is part of aleftward (or rightward) drag gesture that moves slowly across the touchsensitive surface and slowly drags the second area leftward (orrightward). Conversely, if the contact ceases to be detected while thesecond area is moved in the first direction, then an animated sequenceof images taken prior to the second representative image is displayed inthe second area while the second area continues to move in the firstdirection. For example, the contact is part of a leftward (or rightward)flick gesture that moves quickly across the touch sensitive surface andthen lifts off while the second area is still moving leftward (orrightward). For example, the contact is part of a leftward (orrightward) drag gesture that moves across the touch sensitive surface(while displaying just the second representative image, or the initialimage, for the second sequence of images in the second area) and thenlifts off after at least a predetermined amount (e.g., 25%, 30%, 40%, or50%) of the second area has moved onto the display. After liftoff, theremainder of the second area moves onto the display and at least some ofthe images for the second sequence of images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring the second representative image are displayed in thesecond area.

In some embodiments, moving the movable second area in the firstdirection on the display includes (11018) displaying a respective priorimage that was acquired prior to acquiring the second representativeimage in the second region (e.g., the device initially displays theinitial image in the sequence of images rather than the representativeimage).

In some embodiments, the sequence-display criteria include (11020)detecting liftoff of the contact (e.g., as described with reference toFIGS. 7Y-7AA). In response to detecting liftoff of the contact, thedevice continues to move the moveable second area in the first directionand continues to move the moveable first area in the first direction.The images from the second sequence of images are displayed at a ratesuch that the second representative image is displayed in the moveablesecond area when the moveable second area stops moving in the firstdirection (e.g., the rate of movement of the moveable second area isselected to match the rate of movement through the sequence of images,or the rate of advancement through the sequence of images is selected tomatch the rate of movement of the moveable second area, or somecombination of the two). In some embodiments, the device advancesthrough a sequence of images corresponding to the moveable first areawhile the moveable first area is moving. In some embodiments, the devicedoes not advance through a sequence of images corresponding to themoveable first area while the moveable first area is moving.

In some embodiments, while moving the moveable first region, the devicedisplays (11022) a simulated parallax effect for an image within themoveable first region such that the image within the moveable firstregion shifts relative to a frame of the moveable first region (e.g., asthough the frame of the moveable first region were separated in asimulated z-direction from the image within the moveable first region).

In some embodiments, while moving the moveable second region while thecontact is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., prior todisplaying the images from the second sequence of images), the devicedisplays (11024) a simulated parallax effect for an image within themoveable second region such that the image within the moveable secondregion shifts relative to a frame of the moveable second region (e.g.,as though the frame of the moveable second region were separated in asimulate z-direction from the image within the moveable second region).

In some embodiments, moving the first area in the first directionincludes (11026) moving at least part of the first area off of thedisplay in the first direction (e.g., sliding the first area off thedisplay, FIGS. 7A-7CC).

In some embodiments, moving the second area in the first directionincludes (11028) moving at least part of the second area onto thedisplay in the first direction (e.g., sliding the second area onto thedisplay in conjunction with sliding the first area off the display,FIGS. 7A-7CC).

In some embodiments, after moving the second area in the firstdirection, the device displays (11030) the second representative imagefor the second sequence of images in the second area (e.g., as shown inFIG. 7CC, among others).

In some embodiments, while displaying the second representative imagefor the second sequence of images in the second area, the device detects(11032) a change in intensity of an input corresponding to the secondrepresentative image. In response to detecting the change in intensityof the input, the device advances through the second sequence of imagesin the second area without moving the second area on the display (e.g.,the device performs any of the operations shown in FIGS. 6A-6FF).

In some embodiments, the device detects (11034) termination of the draggesture while moving the first area and the second area. In response todetecting termination of the drag gesture while moving the first areaand the second area: in accordance with a determination that the draggesture meets next-sequence-navigation criteria, the device: moves thefirst area completely off the display in the first direction; moves thesecond area completely onto the display; and displays the secondrepresentative image for the second sequence of images in the secondarea (e.g., as described with reference to operation 1136, method 1100).

In some embodiments, in response to detecting termination of the draggesture while moving the first area and the second area: in accordancewith a determination that the drag gesture does not meet thenext-sequence-navigation criteria, the device: moves (11036) the secondarea completely off the display in a second direction, opposite thefirst direction; moves the first area completely onto the display; anddisplays the first representative image for the first sequence of imagesin the first area (e.g., as described with reference to operation 1138,method 1100).

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 11F-11I have been described is merely exemplary andis not intended to indicate that the described order is the only orderin which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processesdescribed herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g.,methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050, 1100, 1200, 2400, 2500, 2600, and 2700)are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 11000 describedabove with respect to FIGS. 11F-11I. For example, the contacts,gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, animations, andsequences of images, described above with reference to method 11000optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts,gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, animations, andsequences of images described herein with reference to other methodsdescribed herein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050, 1100, 1200,2400, 2500, 2600, and 2700). For brevity, these details are not repeatedhere.

FIGS. 12A-12B illustrate a flow diagram of a method 1200 of performingdistinct operations on sequences of related images as compared toindividual images in accordance with some embodiments. The method 1200is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, orportable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a display and atouch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the device includes one ormore sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display andthe touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. Insome embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitivesurface. Some operations in method 1200 are, optionally, combined and/orthe order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

The device stores (1202) a plurality of sequences of images. Arespective sequence of images includes: a respective representativeimage taken by a camera, one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the respective representative image, and one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the respective representativeimage. In some embodiments, the camera that took the respective sequenceof images is part of the electronic device. In some embodiments, therespective sequence of images was taken by a camera that is not part ofthe electronic device (e.g., the respective sequence of images wastransferred to the electronic device after being taken with a camera onanother device). In some embodiments, the respective sequence of imageswas obtained in response to detecting activation of a shutter button ata first time, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method 2600. In some embodiments, therespective sequence of images was obtained in a burst mode. In someembodiments, the respective representative image corresponds to therepresentative image acquired by the camera, as described herein withrespect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method 900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method2600. In some embodiments, the respective representative image has ahigher resolution than other images in the respective sequence ofimages. In some embodiments, the respective representative image has asame resolution as other images in the respective sequence of images.

The device stores (1204) a plurality of images that are distinct fromthe images in the plurality of sequences of images. A respective imagein the plurality of images is not part of a sequence of images in theplurality of sequences of images.

The device displays (1206) a first image on the display (e.g., as shownin FIG. 8A). While displaying the first image on the display, the device(1208) detects a first input (e.g., press-and-hold input 816, FIG. 8B).In response to (1210) detecting the first input: in accordance with adetermination that the first image is an image in a first sequence ofimages (e.g., the first image is a representative image for a firstsequence of images), the device performs (1212) a first operation thatincludes displaying at least some of the images in the first sequence ofimages besides the first image (e.g., sequentially displaying the atleast some of the images in the first sequences of images besides thefirst image)(e.g., as shown in FIGS. 8C-8F). In accordance with adetermination that the first image is an image in the plurality ofimages that are distinct from the images in the plurality of sequencesof images, the device performs (1214) a second operation, distinct fromthe first operation, involving the first image (e.g., as shown in FIGS.8K-8L). That is, in some embodiments, the device responds differently tothe same type of input (e.g., an input sharing one or more common pathor intensity characteristics) depending on whether the image is part ofan enhanced photo or a still image. In accordance with variousembodiments, the first operation is any of the operations describedherein with respect to sequences of images. Specific examples areprovided below.

In some embodiments, the first input is (1216) a press-and-hold gesture,the first operation displays at least a portion of the first sequence ofimages (e.g., as described herein with respect to FIGS. 10A-10M andmethods 1000/10000/10050), and the second operation displays informationabout the first image with the first image (e.g., time, date, location(e.g., via GPS), and/or other metadata about the first image areoverlaid on a portion of the first image, as shown in FIGS. 8K-8L). Insome embodiments, the press-and-hold gesture is a press-and-hold fingergesture on the first image on a touch-sensitive display, or apress-and-hold finger gesture on a track pad while a cursor or otherfocus selector is over the first image on a display). In someembodiments, the first input is a click-and-hold input with a mousewhile a cursor or other focus selector is over the first image on adisplay.

In some embodiments, the first input is (1218) a press-and-hold gesture,the first operation displays at least a portion of the first sequence ofimages (e.g., as described herein with respect to FIGS. 10A-10M andmethods 1000/10000/10050), and the second operation displays ananimation that shows different portions of the first image. In someembodiments, the press-and-hold gesture is a press-and-hold fingergesture on the first image on a touch-sensitive display, or apress-and-hold finger gesture on a track pad while a cursor or otherfocus selector is over the first image on a display. In someembodiments, the first input is a click-and-hold input with a mousewhile a cursor or other focus selector is over the first image on adisplay). For example, the second operation is an animation that zoomsand/or pans the first image (such as a Ken Burns effect), and/or ananimation that applies a filter to the first image. In some embodiments,the second operation includes zooming out from the image so as to givethe impression of the first image being pushed back into the display.

In some embodiments, the device includes (1220) one or more sensors todetect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, the firstinput includes a finger contact that satisfies first contact-intensitycriteria (e.g., a finger gesture on the first image on a touch-sensitivedisplay, or a finger gesture on a track pad while a cursor or otherfocus selector is over the first image on a display, wherein a contactin the finger gesture exceeds a light press (or deep press) intensitythreshold for at least part of the input), the first operation displaysat least a portion of the first sequence of images (e.g., as describedherein with respect to FIGS. 10A-10M and methods 1000/10000/10050), andthe second operation displays information about the first image with thefirst image (e.g., time, date, location (e.g., via GPS), and/or othermetadata about the first image are overlaid on a portion of the firstimage).

In some embodiments, the device includes (1222) one or more sensors todetect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, the firstinput includes a finger contact that satisfies first contact-intensitycriteria (e.g., a finger gesture on the first image on a touch-sensitivedisplay, or a finger gesture on a track pad while a cursor or otherfocus selector is over the first image on a display, wherein a contactin the finger gesture exceeds a deep press intensity threshold for atleast part of the input), the first operation displays at least aportion of the first sequence of images (e.g., as described herein withrespect to FIGS. 10A-10M and methods 1000/10000/10050), and the secondoperation displays an animation that shows different portions of thefirst image. For example, the second operation is an animation thatzooms and/or pans the first image (such as a Ken Burns effect), and/oran animation that applies a filter to the first image. In someembodiments, the second operation includes zooming out from the image soas to give the impression of the first image being pushed back into thedisplay.

In some embodiments, the first input is (1224) a drag gesture, the firstoperation displays at least some of the images in the first sequence ofimages while transitioning from displaying the first image to displayinga second image (the second image not being an image in the firstsequence of images) (e.g., as described herein with respect to FIGS.10A-10M and methods 1000/10000/10050), and the second operationtransitions from displaying the first image to displaying a third image(the third image not being an image in the first sequence of images).

In some embodiments, when the first image is an image in a firstsequence of images, the method further includes detecting a navigationalinput and navigating to a second image that is an image in the pluralityof images that are distinct from the images in the plurality ofsequences of images. The method further includes detecting a secondinput that shares one or more characteristics with the first input(e.g., intensity and/or path inputs). In some embodiments, the firstinput and the second input need not share a location. The method furtherincludes, in response to detecting the second input, performing thesecond operation involving the second image.

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 12A-12B have been described is merely exemplary andis not intended to indicate that the described order is the only orderin which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processesdescribed herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g.,methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050, 1100, 11000, 2400, 2500, 2600, and2700) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 1200described above with respect to FIGS. 12A-12B. For example, thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images, described above with reference tomethod 1200 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images described herein with reference toother methods described herein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050,1100, 11000, 2400, 2500, 2600, and 2700). For brevity, these details arenot repeated here.

In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 13 shows a functional blockdiagram of an electronic device 1300 configured in accordance with theprinciples of the various described embodiments. The functional blocksof the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or acombination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of thevarious described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill inthe art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 13 are, optionally,combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of thevarious described embodiments. Therefore, the description hereinoptionally supports any possible combination or separation or furtherdefinition of the functional blocks described herein.

As shown in FIG. 13, an electronic device 1300 includes a camera unit1304 configured to acquire images, a display unit 1302 configured todisplay a live preview (e.g., of images obtained from the camera unit),one or more optional sensor units 1306 configured to detect activationof a shutter button; and a processing unit 1308 coupled with the displayunit 1302, the camera unit 1304 and the one or more optional sensorunits 1306. In some embodiments, the processing unit 1308 includes adisplay enabling unit 1310, a grouping unit 1312, an associating unit1314, and an animating unit 1316.

The processing unit 1308 is configured to: while in a first mediaacquisition mode for the camera unit 1304 display (e.g., using thedisplay enabling unit 1310) the live preview on the display unit 1302(e.g., of images obtained from the camera unit 1304) while displayingthe live preview, detect activation of a shutter button at a first time(e.g., using the sensor units 1306). In response to detecting activationof the shutter button at the first time, the processing unit 1308 isconfigured to group (e.g., with the grouping unit 1312) a plurality ofimages acquired by the camera unit 1304 in temporal proximity to theactivation of the shutter button at the first time into a first sequenceof images. The first sequence of images includes: a plurality of imagesacquired by the camera unit 1304 prior to detecting activation of theshutter button at the first time; a representative image that representsthe first sequence of images and was acquired by the camera unit 1304after one or more of the other images in the first sequence of images;and a plurality of images acquired by the camera unit 1304 afteracquiring the representative image.

As shown in FIG. 14, an electronic device 1400 includes a display unit1402 configured to display images, a touch-sensitive surface unit 1404configured to detect user inputs, one or more optional sensor units 1406configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface unit 1404; and a processing unit 1408 coupled with the displayunit 1402, the touch-sensitive surface unit 1404 and the one or moreoptional sensor units 1406. In some embodiments, the processing unit1408 includes a display enabling unit 1410, a detecting unit 1412, andan audio presenting unit 1414.

The processing unit 1408 is configured to display a representative imageon the display unit 1402 (e.g., with display enabling unit 1410). Therepresentative image is one image in a sequence of images taken by acamera. The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image and the sequence ofimages includes one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image. The processing unit 1408 is furtherconfigured to, while displaying the representative image on the displayunit 1402, detect a first portion of a first input (e.g., with thedetecting unit 1412, which optionally detects inputs on thetouch-sensitive surface unit 1404). The processing unit 1408 isconfigured, in response to detecting the first portion of the firstinput, replace display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1410) ofthe representative image with display, on the display unit 1402, insequence, of the one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the representative image. The processing unit 1408 isconfigured, after detecting the first portion of the first input, detecta second portion of the first input (e.g., with the detecting unit1412). The processing unit 1408 is configured, in response to detectingthe second portion of the first input, display, on the display unit1402, in sequence, the one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image, the representative image, and theone or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image.

As shown in FIG. 15, an electronic device 1500 includes a display unit1502 configured to display images, a touch-sensitive surface unit 1504configured to detect user inputs, one or more optional sensor units 1506configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface unit 1504, a memory unit 1516 configured to store images; and aprocessing unit 1508 coupled with the display unit 1502, thetouch-sensitive surface unit 1504, the memory unit 1516, and the one ormore optional sensor units 1506. In some embodiments, the processingunit 1508 includes a display enabling unit 1510, a detecting unit 1512,and a criteria determining unit 1514.

The processing unit 1508 is configured to store, in the memory unit1516, a plurality of sequences of images. A respective sequence ofimages includes: a respective representative image taken by a camera,one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring the respectiverepresentative image, and one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring the respective representative image. The processingunit 1508 is further configured to display (e.g., with the displayenabling unit 1510), on the display unit 1502, a first representativeimage for a first sequence of images in a movable first area on thedisplay unit 1502. The processing unit 1508 is further configured todetect (e.g., with detecting unit 1512) a drag gesture on thetouch-sensitive surface unit 1504. In accordance with a determinationthat the drag gesture is in a first direction on the touch-sensitivesurface unit 1504: the processing unit 1508 is configured to replace(e.g., with the display enabling unit 1510), in the moveable first area,display of the first representative image for the first sequence ofimages with display, on the display unit 1502, in chronological order,of at least some of one or more images for the first sequence of imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the first representative imagefor the first sequence of images. The processing unit 1508 is furtherconfigured to move (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1510) the firstarea in the first direction on the display unit 1502.

As shown in FIG. 16, an electronic device 1600 includes a display unit1602 configured to display images, a touch-sensitive surface unit 1604configured to detect user inputs, one or more optional sensor units 1606configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface unit 1604, a memory unit 1616 configured to store images; and aprocessing unit 1608 coupled with the display unit 1602, thetouch-sensitive surface unit 1604, the memory unit 1616, and the one ormore optional sensor units 1606. In some embodiments, the processingunit 1608 includes a display enabling unit 1610, a detecting unit 1612,and a determining unit 1614.

The processing unit 1608 is configured to store, in the memory unit1616, a plurality of sequences of images. A respective sequence ofimages includes: a respective representative image taken by a camera,one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring the respectiverepresentative image, and one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring the respective representative image. The processingunit 1608 is further configured to store, in the memory unit 1616, aplurality of images that are distinct from the images in the pluralityof sequences of images. A respective image in the plurality of images isnot part of a sequence of images in the plurality of sequences ofimages. The processing unit 1608 is further configured to display (e.g.,with display enabling unit 1610) a first image on the display unit 1602.The processing unit 1608 is further configured to, while displaying thefirst image on the display unit 1602, detect (e.g., with detecting unit1612) a first input. The processing unit 1608 is further configured to,in response to detecting the first input: in accordance with adetermination (e.g., with determining unit 1614) that the first image isan image in a first sequence of images, perform a first operation thatincludes displaying (e.g., with display enabling unit 1610), on thedisplay unit 1602, at least some of the images in the first sequence ofimages besides the first image; and, in accordance with a determination(e.g., with determining unit 1614) that the first image is an image inthe plurality of images that are distinct from the images in theplurality of sequences of images, perform a second operation, distinctfrom the first operation, involving the first image.

As shown in FIG. 17, an electronic device 1700 includes a display unit1702 configured to display images; a touch-sensitive surface unit 1704configured to detect user inputs; one or more optional sensor units 1706configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface unit 1704; and a processing unit 1708 coupled with the displayunit 1702, the touch-sensitive surface unit 1704, and the optional oneor more sensor units 1706. In some embodiments, the processing unit 1708includes a display enabling unit 1710, a detecting unit 1712, atransitioning unit 1714, and a presenting unit 1716.

The processing unit 1708 is configured to enable display (e.g., withdisplay enabling unit 1710) of a representative image on the displayunit 1702. The representative image is one image in a sequence of imagestaken by a camera. The sequence of images includes one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image. Thesequence of images includes one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring the representative image. The processing unit 1708 isfurther configured to, while enabling display of the representativeimage on the display unit 1702, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 1712)a first portion of a first input. The processing unit 1708 is furtherconfigured to, in response to detecting the first portion of the firstinput, transition (e.g., with transitioning unit 1714) from displayingthe representative image to displaying a respective prior image in thesequence of images. The respective prior image was acquired by thecamera before acquiring the representative image. The processing unit1708 is further configured to, in response to detecting the firstportion of the first input, after transitioning from displaying therepresentative image to displaying the respective prior image, enabledisplay (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710) of, in sequence startingwith the respective prior image, at least some of the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image and atleast some of the one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the representative image.

As shown in FIG. 18, an electronic device 1800 includes a display unit1802 configured to display images; a touch-sensitive surface unit 1804configured to detect user inputs; one or more sensor units 1806configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface unit 1804; and a processing unit 1808 coupled with the displayunit 1802, the touch-sensitive surface unit 1804, and the one or moresensor units 1806. In some embodiments, the processing unit 1808includes a display enabling unit 1810, a detecting unit 1812, and amoving unit 1814.

The processing unit 1808 is configured to enable display (e.g., withdisplay enabling unit 1810) of a representative image on the displayunit 1802. The representative image is one image in a sequence of imagestaken by a camera. The sequence of images includes one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image. Theprocessing unit 1808 is further configured to, while enabling display ofthe representative image on the display unit 1802, detect (e.g., withdetecting unit 1812) a first input that includes detecting (e.g., withsensor units 1804) an increase in a characteristic intensity of acontact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1804 to a first intensitythat is greater than a first intensity threshold. The processing unit1808 is further configured to, in response to detecting the increase inthe characteristic intensity of the contact, advance (e.g., with movingunit 1814), in a first direction, through the one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image at arate that is determined based at least in part on the first intensity.The processing unit 1808 is further configured to, after advancingthrough the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image at the rate that is determined based on thefirst intensity, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 1812) a decrease inintensity of the contact to a second intensity that is less than thefirst intensity. The processing unit 1808 is further configured to, inresponse to detecting the decrease in the characteristic intensity ofthe contact to the second intensity: in accordance with a determinationthat the second intensity is above the first intensity threshold,continue to advance (e.g., with moving unit 1814), in the firstdirection, through the one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the representative image at a second rate. The second rate isdetermined based at least in part on the second intensity and the secondrate is slower than the first rate. The processing unit 1808 is furtherconfigured to, in response to detecting the decrease in thecharacteristic intensity of the contact to the second intensity: inaccordance with a determination that the second intensity is below thefirst intensity threshold, move (e.g., with moving unit 1814), in asecond direction that is opposite to the first direction, through theone or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image at a rate that is determined based at least in parton the second intensity.

As shown in FIG. 19, an electronic device 1900 includes a display unit1902 configured to display images; a touch-sensitive surface unit 1904configured to detect user inputs; one or more optional sensor units 1906configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface unit 1904; and a processing unit 1908 coupled with the displayunit 1902, the touch-sensitive surface unit 1904, and the optional oneor more sensor units 1906. In some embodiments, the processing unit 1908includes a display enabling unit 1910, a detecting unit 1912, a storingunit 1914, a moving unit 1916; and advancing unit 1918.

The processing unit 1908 is configured to store (e.g., with storing unit1914) a plurality of sequences of images. A respective sequence ofimages includes: a respective representative image taken by a camera,and one or more images acquired by the camera before acquiring therespective representative image. The processing unit 1908 is furtherconfigured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit 1910) ofa first representative image for a first sequence of images in a movablefirst area on the display unit 1902. The processing unit 1908 is furtherconfigured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit 1912) a gesture on thetouch-sensitive surface unit 1904, the gesture including movement by acontact that corresponds to movement in a first direction on the displayunit 1902. The processing unit 1908 is further configured to, inresponse to detecting the gesture on the touch-sensitive surface unit1904: move (e.g., with moving unit 1916) the first area in the firstdirection on the display unit 1902; move (e.g., with moving unit 1916) amovable second area in the first direction on the display unit 1902;and, in accordance with a determination that sequence-display criteriaare met, while moving the second area in the first direction, enabledisplay (e.g., with display enabling unit 1910) of, in chronologicalorder in the second area, at least some of the one or more images for asecond sequence of images acquired by the camera before acquiring asecond representative image for the second sequence of images.

FIGS. 20A-20L illustrate exemplary user interfaces for modifying imagesin a sequence of images, in accordance with some embodiments. The userinterfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processesdescribed below, including the processes in FIGS. 9A-9G, 10A-10M,11A-11I, 12A-12B, 24A-24E, 25A-25C, 26A-26D, and 27A-27E. Although theexamples which follow will be given with reference to inputs on atouch-screen display (where the touch-sensitive surface and the displayare combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on atouch-sensitive surface 451 that is separate from the display 450, asshown in FIG. 4B.

FIG. 20A illustrates a sequence of images 2002 showing a trainapproaching a platform. Sequence of images includes representative image2002-3, images 2002-1 and 2002-2 acquired by the camera before acquiringrepresentative image 2002-3; and images 2002-4 and 2002-5 acquired bythe camera after acquiring representative image 2002-3. Thechronological order of sequence of images 2002 is: image 2002-1; image2002-2; representative image 2002-3; image 2002-4; and image 2002-5.

FIG. 20B illustrates device 100 displaying representative image 2002-3on the display while device 100 is in a photo editing user interface.The photo editing user interface includes affordances 2004 for editingrepresentative image 2002-3 (e.g., crop affordance 2004-1; filteraffordance 2004-2; lighting affordance 2004-3). In this example, it isassumed that the user has already selected lighting affordance 2004-3and has modified the contrast of representative image 2002-3(representative image 2002-3, as shown in FIG. 20B has had its contrastincreased as compared to representative image 2002-3 as shown in FIG.20A).

The photo editing user interface also includes an affordance 2006 (e.g.,a toggle switch) for toggling between a first editing mode (e.g., anapply-to-all editing mode) and a second editing mode (e.g., a singleimage editing mode). In FIG. 20B, toggle switch 2006 is set to thesecond editing mode, so that when device 100 detects user input 2008(e.g., an input to modify the representative image), device 100 modifiesrepresentative image 2002-3 without modifying the one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring representative image 2002-3(e.g., images 2002-4 and 2002-5), and without modifying the one or moreimages acquired by the camera before acquiring representative image2002-3 (e.g., images 2002-1 and 2002-2).

In contrast, in FIG. 20I, toggle switch 2006 is set to the first editingmode (e.g., the apply-to-all mode), so that when device 100 detects userinput 2008, which applies the user's modifications, device 100 modifiesrepresentative image 2002-3, the one or more images acquired by thecamera after acquiring representative image 2002-3 (e.g., images 2002-4and 2002-5), and the one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring representative image 2002-3 (e.g., images 2002-1 and 2002-2).

Returning to the example in which only representative image 2002-3 ismodified (e.g., following from FIG. 20B), FIGS. 20C-20H illustratevarious embodiments for playing back a sequence of images in which onlythe representative image has been modified.

In particular, as shown in FIGS. 20C-20D, in some embodiments, aftermodifying only representative image 2002-3, while displayingrepresentative image 2002-3, device 100 receives a user input 2010 thatis a request to playback sequence of images 2002. As shown in FIG. 20C,in response to a first portion of the user input 2010 to play backsequence of images 2002, device 100 replaces display of representativeimage 2002-3 with at least some of the images acquired afterrepresentative image 2002-3 (e.g., image 2002-4 and image 2002-5). Asshown in FIG. 20D, in response to a second portion of the user input2010 to play back sequence of images 2002, device 100 displays, insequence, at least some of the one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring representative image 2002-3 (e.g., image 2002-1 andimage 2002-2), the modified representative image 2002-3, and at leastsome of the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringrepresentative image 2002-3 (e.g., image 2002-4 and image 2002-5). Thatis, in some embodiments, representative image 2002-3 is included inplayback in its modified form.

FIGS. 20E-20F illustrate another example in which, after modifying onlyrepresentative image 2002-3, while displaying the modifiedrepresentative image 2002-3, device 100 receives a user input 2012 thatis a request to playback sequence of images 2002. As shown in FIG. 20E,in response to a first portion of the user input 2012 to play backsequence of images 2002, device 100 replaces display of representativeimage 2002-3 with at least some of the images acquired afterrepresentative image 2002-3 (e.g., image 2002-4 and image 2002-5). Asshown in FIG. 20F, in response to a second portion of the user input2012 to play back sequence of images 2002, device 100 displays, insequence, at least some of the one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring representative image 2002-3 (e.g., images 2002-1 andimage 2002-2), representative image 2002-3 without modification, and atleast some of the one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring representative image 2002-3 (e.g., image 2002-4 and image2002-5). That is, in some embodiments, representative image 2002-3 isreverted to its unmodified form for the purposes of playback.

FIGS. 20G-20H illustrate another example in which, after modifying onlyrepresentative image 2002-3, while displaying the modifiedrepresentative image 2002-3, device 100 receives a user input 2014 thatis a request to playback sequence of images 2002. As shown in FIG. 20G,in response to a first portion of the user input 2014 to play backsequence of images 2002, device 100 replaces display of representativeimage 2002-3 with at least some of the images acquired afterrepresentative image 2002-3 (e.g., image 2002-4 and image 2002-5). Asshown in FIG. 20H, in response to a second portion of the user input2014 to play back sequence of images 2002, device 100 displays, insequence, at least some of the one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring representative image 2002-3 (e.g., image 2002-1 andimage 2002-2) and at least some of the one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring representative image 2002-3 (e.g., image2002-4 and image 2002-5). That is, in some embodiments, representativeimage 2002-3, once modified, is omitted from playback altogether.

As noted above, in FIG. 20I, toggle switch 2006 is set to the firstediting mode (e.g., the apply-to-all mode), so that when device 100detects user input 2008, which applies the user's modifications, device100 modifies representative image 2002-3, the one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring representative image 2002-3(e.g., images 2002-4 and 2002-5), and the one or more images acquired bythe camera before acquiring representative image 2002-3 (e.g., images2002-1 and 2002-2).

FIGS. 20J-20K illustrate play back of a sequence of images in which allof the images in the sequence of images have been modified, inaccordance with some embodiments. While displaying the modifiedrepresentative image 2002-3, after modifying representative image2002-3, the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringrepresentative image 2002-3 (e.g., images 2002-4 and 2002-5), and theone or more images acquired by the camera before acquiringrepresentative image 2002-3 (e.g., images 2002-1 and 2002-2), device 100receives a user input 2016 that is a request to playback sequence ofimages 2002. As shown in FIG. 20J, in response to a first portion of theuser input 2016 to play back sequence of images 2002, device 100replaces display of representative image 2002-3 with at least some ofthe modified images acquired after representative image 2002-3 (e.g.,images 2002-4 and image 2002-5). As shown in FIG. 20K, in response to asecond portion of the user input 2016 to play back sequence of images2002, device 100 displays, in sequence, at least some of the one or moreimages acquired by the camera before acquiring representative image2002-3 (e.g., images 2002-1 and image 2002-2) and at least some of theone or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring representativeimage 2002-3 (e.g., images 2002-4 and image 2002-5). That is, in someembodiments, when all of the images in a sequence of images aremodified, device 100 plays the sequence of images with all imagesmodified.

In some embodiments, rather than replace display of representative image2002-3 with at least some of the images acquired after representativeimage 2002-3 (e.g., images 2002-4 and image 2002-5) in any of theexamples above, device 100 replaces display of representative image2002-3 with display of a respective image acquired before representativeimage 2002-3 (e.g., omits the playback shown in FIG. 20C, FIG. 20E, FIG.20G and FIG. 20J). More generally, when only the representative image ismodified in a sequence of images, any of the embodiments for play backof a sequence of image described elsewhere in this document (e.g., FIGS.6A-6FF, FIGS. 7A-7CC, FIGS. 8A-8L, method 1000, method 1100, and/ormethod 1200) are optionally performed with the modified image omitted,reverted to its unmodified form, or included as-modified duringplayback. Likewise, when all of the images in a sequence of images aremodified, any of the embodiments for play back of a sequence of imagedescribed elsewhere in this document (e.g., FIGS. 6A-6FF, FIGS. 7A-7CC,FIGS. 8A-8L, method 1000, method 1100, and/or method 1200) areoptionally performed with the modified sequence of images.

In some circumstances, modifying the representative image withoutmodifying the additional images would result in a discontinuity when theenhanced photograph is played back. For example, as shown in FIG. 20L,in some embodiments, while toggle switch 2006 is set to “off,” device100 detects a user input 2022 to crop (e.g., or rotate) representativeimage 2002-3. However, when representative image 2002-3 iscropped/rotated, playing back the enhanced photo, as described abovewith reference to FIGS. 20C-20H would result in a “jump” whenrepresentative image 2002-3 is displayed. Thus, in some embodiments,when making certain modifications (e.g., cropping and/or rotating) torepresentative image 2002-3, without modifying the one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring representative image 2002-3, andwithout modifying the one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring representative image 2002-3, device 100 automatically turnsoff playback of the additional images, deletes the additional images, orcauses the modified representative image to be saved to a new file as astill image. In some embodiments, device 100 provides a warning 2018 tothe user. In some embodiments, device 100 provides options 2020 to theuser. For example, device 100 provides the user with an option 2020-1 tosave the edited image as a new still image; an option 2020-2 to deletethe extra images in the sequence of images (e.g., the enhanced photo);and option 2020-3 to enter the apply-to-all editing mode, and an option2020-4 to cancel.

FIGS. 21A-21J illustrate exemplary user interfaces for sending imagesfrom a sequence of images to a second electronic device, in accordancewith some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used toillustrate the processes described below, including the processes inFIGS. 9A-9G, 10A-10M, 11A-11I, 12A-12B, 24A-24E, 25A-25C, 26A-26D, and27A-27E. Although the examples which follow will be given with referenceto inputs on a touch-screen display (where the touch-sensitive surfaceand the display are combined), in some embodiments, device 100 detectsinputs on a touch-sensitive surface 451 that is separate from thedisplay 450, as shown in FIG. 4B.

FIGS. 21A-21J illustrate two exemplary scenarios in which, whiledisplaying a representative image from a sequence of images on thedisplay, device 100 detects an input that corresponds to a request tosend a representative image from a sequence of images or a request toselect a representative image from a sequence of images for sending.When the second electronic device is configured to interact with thesequence of images as a group (e.g., the second electronic device isconfigured to perform the interactions described in FIGS. 6A-6FF, FIGS.7A-7CC, and/or FIG. 8A-8L), device 100 displays a first set of optionsfor sending at least a portion of the sequence of images to the secondelectronic device (e.g., as shown in FIG. 21C). Conversely, when thesecond electronic device is not configured to interact with the sequenceof images as a group, device 100 displays a second set of options forsending at least a portion of the sequence of images to the secondelectronic device (e.g., as shown in FIG. 21D).

FIGS. 21A-21D illustrate a scenario in which options for sending arepresentative image from a sequence of images are provided in responseto a user request to select the representative image for sending. FIG.21A illustrates a conversation on device 100 (e.g., a conversation in amessaging application/messaging user interface 2102). The conversationis with a user (Stephanie) of a second electronic device. In someembodiments, when the user of device 100 requests to select therepresentative image for sending, the destination of the representativeimage (e.g., the second electronic device) is known to device 100,because the process of requesting the representative image for sendingoriginates from within a conversation with the second device.

To that end, as shown in FIG. 21A, device 100 detects a user input 2104(e.g., a tap gesture) that selects an affordance 2106 for adding media(e.g., adding a still photo, an enhanced photo, a video, or any othertype of media) to the conversation.

FIG. 21B illustrates that, in response to user input 2104 (FIG. 21A),device provides a user interface 2108 that provides the user withoptions for selecting a photo to send to the user of the secondelectronic device. User interface 2108 includes a region with selectableimages 2110 (e.g., image 2110-a through image 2110-c). In someembodiments, the selectable images 2110 are representations of recentphotos (e.g., the most recent three or five photos). User interface 2108includes an option 2112 for selecting a photo from the user's photolibrary, an option 2114 for taking a photo or video (e.g., with a cameraintegrated into device 100), and an option 2116 for cancelling addingmedia.

In this example, device 100 detects a user input 2116 that is a requestto select image 2110-b for sending to the user of the second device. Forthe purposes of explanation, in this example, image 2110-b is arepresentative image from a sequence of images (e.g., a representativeimage from an enhanced photo) that includes images acquired beforerepresentative image 2110-b and/or images acquired after representativeimage 2110-b.

As shown in FIG. 21C, because Stephanie's device (the second electronicdevice) is configured to interact with the sequence of images as agroup, device 100 displays a first set of options 2118 for sending atleast a portion of the sequence of images to the second electronicdevice. In some embodiments, first set of options 2118 includes: anoption 2118-a to send the entire sequence of images (e.g., send theenhanced photo); an option 2118-b for sending the representative imagewithout sending the images acquired before representative image 2110-band without sending images acquired after representative image 2110-b(e.g., sending only representative image 2110-b as a still image); anoption 2118-c for converting at least the portion of the sequence ofimages to an animated image format (e.g., a GIF format); an option2118-d for converting at least the portion of the sequence of images toa video format (e.g., an MPEG format); and an option 2118-e to cancel.Device 100 also displays an indication 2120 that image 2110-b has beenselected for sending to the second electronic device.

In contrast, FIG. 21D illustrates a second set of options 2122 forsending at least a portion of the sequence of images to the secondelectronic device. Second set of options 2122 is displayed because, inthis example, the second electronic device (e.g., Robert's device) isnot configured to interact with the sequence of images as a group. Theprocess of reaching the second set of options 2122 is analogous to theprocess of reaching the first set of options 2118, described withreference to FIGS. 21A-21C. That is, in some embodiments, second set ofoptions 2122 is displayed after the user of device 100 selects, while ina conversation with Robert, an affordance for adding media to theconversation (e.g., affordance 2106, FIG. 21A), then selects arepresentative image from a sequence of images for sending to Robert'sdevice (e.g., selects image 2110-b with a user input analogous to input2116).

Second set of options 2122 includes: an option 2122-a for sending therepresentative image without sending the images acquired beforerepresentative image 2110-b and without sending the images acquiredafter representative image 2110-b (e.g., sending only representativeimage 2110-b as a still image); an option 2122-b for converting at leastthe portion of the sequence of images to an animated image format (e.g.,a GIF format); an option 2122-c for converting at least the portion ofthe sequence of images to a video format (e.g., an MPEG format); and anoption 2122-d to cancel. Device 100 also displays an indication 2120that image 2110-b has been selected for sending to the second electronicdevice. In some embodiments, second set of options 2122 does not includean option to send the entire sequence of images (e.g., send the enhancedphoto) because Robert's device is not configured to interact with theentire sequence of images as a group.

FIGS. 21E-21J illustrate a scenario in which options for sending arepresentative image from a sequence of images are provided in responseto a user request to send the representative image. FIG. 21E illustratesa camera roll user interface 2124 on device 100. Camera roll userinterface 2124 displays image 2126 and other images 2129 (e.g., image2129-1 through image 2129-8), which are optionally representations ofphotos, enhanced photos, or movies. In this example, it is assumed thatthe user of device 100 has not navigated to camera roll user interface2124 from within a conversation (e.g., has navigated to user interface2124 from a home screen). Thus, in the example shown in FIGS. 21E-21J,when the user selects image 2126 (e.g., via user input 2128, FIG. 21E),or requests to share image 2126 (e.g., via user input 2132, FIG. 21F),the destination of the representative image (e.g., the second electronicdevice) is not yet known to device 100. Thus, device 100 cannot yetdisplay different first options or second options depending on whetherthe receiving second electronic device is configured to interact withthe sequence of images as a group. Instead, as described below, thefirst options or second options are displayed when the user requests tosend the image, once the destination is known.

To that end, FIG. 21E illustrates a user input 2128 selecting image 2126from within camera roll user interface 2124. In this example, image 2126is assumed to be a representative image from a sequence of images.

As shown in FIG. 21F, in response to user input 2128, device 100displays image 2126 in an image viewing user interface 2130. FIG. 21Falso illustrates a user input 2132 that requests to share image 2126(e.g., by selecting a share affordance 2134).

As shown in FIG. 21G, in response to user input 2132, device 100displays a sharing user interface 2138. Since sharing user interface2138 was displayed in response to the request to share image 2126, image2126 is pre-selected in a region 2140 of the sharing user interface2138, which shows a few images (e.g., three images, five images, etc.)that were acquired in temporal proximity to image 2126. Sharing userinterface also includes protocol-based sharing options for selecting aprotocol through which to share image 2126, including a message-protocolsharing option 2142-a, a mail-protocol sharing option 2142-b, and asocial media-protocol sharing option 2142-c. In FIG. 21G, the userselects message-protocol sharing option 2142-a (via user input 2143),which brings up a conversation user interface 2144 shown in FIG. 21H.

In this example, when conversation user interface 2144 (FIG. 21H) isinitially displayed, destination field 2146 is empty because the user ofdevice 100 has not yet specified the destination of image 2126 (e.g.,device 100 brings up a message with an empty destination field 2146 andimage 2126 automatically inserted into body 2148 of the message). Thus,in this example, it is assumed that the user of device 100 has manuallyentered “Stephanie Levin” as the destination in conversation userinterface 2144 in FIG. 21H. The user has also typed a short message2150, “Check out this train.”

As also shown in FIG. 21H, the user selects (via user input 2152) sendbutton 2154, requesting to send image 2126 as well as the rest of themessage.

As shown in FIG. 21I, in response to user input 2152, because StephanieLevin's device (the second electronic device) is configured to interactwith the sequence of images as a group, device 100 displays first set ofoptions 2118 for sending at least a portion of the sequence of images tothe second electronic device (described above with reference to FIG.21C).

In contrast, FIG. 21J illustrates second set of options 2122 for sendingat least a portion of the sequence of images to the second electronicdevice. Second set of options 2122 is displayed because, in thisexample, the second electronic device (e.g., Robert Yu's device) is notconfigured to interact with the sequence of images as a group. Theprocess of reaching the second set of options 2122 is analogous to theprocess of reaching the first set of options 2118, described withreference to FIGS. 21E-21H. That is, in some embodiments, second set ofoptions 2122 is displayed when the user of device 100 enters Robert Yuas the destination 2146 instead of Stephanie Levin in FIG. 21H and thenpresses send.

FIGS. 22A-22D illustrate exemplary user interfaces for acquiring photos(e.g., enhanced photos or still photos) using scene recognition, inaccordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figuresare used to illustrate the processes described below, including theprocesses in FIGS. 9A-9G, 10A-10M, 11A-11I, 12A-12B, 24A-24E, 25A-25C,26A-26D, and 27A-27E. Although the examples which follow will be givenwith reference to inputs on a touch-screen display (where thetouch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in someembodiments, device 100 detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface 451that is separate from the display 450, as shown in FIG. 4B.

Some scenes, more than others, are conducive to being captured as asequence of images (e.g., an enhanced photo). For example, people oftenuse the same portable multifunction device to capture important moments(e.g., a picture of their children smiling at the beach) and to capturemore mundane images, such as taking a picture of a receipt fordocumentation purposes. In accordance with some embodiments, FIGS.22A-22D illustrate user interfaces for devices that automaticallydetermine, via scene recognition, whether to capture a sequence ofimages (e.g., in the case of smiling children) or a still image (in thecase of a receipt). For example, when the scene meets action capturecriteria (e.g., criteria concerning activity in a scene), the deviceretains a sequence of images in response to activation of a shutterbutton, including images acquired before activation of the shutterbutton and images acquired after activation of the shutter button.Conversely, when the scene does not meet the action capture criteria,the device retains a single image (e.g., analogous to a single imageacquired in response to activation of a shutter in a conventionalcamera).

In FIG. 22A, device 100 is in a media acquisition mode (e.g., a photoacquisition mode or an auto still/enhanced photo acquisition mode).While device 100 is in the media acquisition mode, device 100 displaysan image capture user interface 2202 that includes a live preview 2210of a scene detected by a camera (e.g., the camera is integrated intodevice 100). Image capture user interface 2202 also includes anaffordance 2204 for navigating to a camera roll (e.g., affordance 2204displays a miniature representation of the last photo/video acquired bythe camera); a virtual shutter button 2206; and an affordance 2208 forapplying filters to the live preview of the scene (e.g., a sepiafilter).

While device 100 is in the media acquisition mode, device 100 performsscene recognition on the scene. For example, in some embodiments, thescene recognition includes detecting text, detecting movement, detectingpeople's faces, and/or detecting movement of device 100 (e.g., when theuser is planning to track a target). In FIG. 22A, device 100 recognizes,using the scene recognition, that the scene is mostly text (e.g., thescene is of a receipt). In some embodiments, device 100 recognizes thatthe scene is mostly text by recognizing that the scene includes morethan a threshold amount of text. In some embodiments, when device 100recognizes that the scene is mostly text, the action capture criteriaare not met. For example, since is it unlikely that the user wants tocapture the moments surrounding a receipt lying on a table, in responseto activation of shutter button 2206, device 100 retains a single image2214 (shown in FIG. 22B in an image view mode).

In contrast, FIG. 22C depicts a scene, shown in live preview 2210 in themedia acquisition mode, of a train approaching a platform. Inparticular, FIG. 22C depicts the live preview 2210 of the scene at fivedifferent times (in chronological order: time 2210-1; time 2210-2; time2210-3; time 2210-4; and time 2210-5).

Device 100 performs scene detection while live preview 2210 is displayedon the display. In this example, the action capture criteria are metwhen the device detects a threshold amount of movement. So, because thetrain is moving in the live preview 2210, in response to activation ofshutter button 2206 at time 2210-3, device 100 retains a sequence ofimages 2218 (e.g., an enhance photo) as shown in FIG. 22D.

As shown in FIG. 22D, sequence of images 2218 includes: a plurality ofimages acquired prior to activation of shutter button 2206 (e.g., images2218-1 and 2218-2); a representative image 2218-3 that, in someembodiments, was acquired in temporal proximity to activation of shutterbutton 2206 (e.g., image 2218-3 is analogous to a single image acquiredin response to activation of a shutter in a conventional camera); and aplurality of images acquired by the camera after acquiringrepresentative image 2218-3 (e.g., images 2218-4 and 2218-5). That is,because the moving train exceeded the threshold amount of movement,device 100 captured an enhanced photo. The enhanced photo can then beplayed back in accordance with, for example, the embodiments describedwith reference to FIGS. 6A-6FF, FIGS. 7A-7CC, and/or FIG. 8A-8L.

FIGS. 23A-23E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for trimming asequence of images (e.g., an enhanced photo), in accordance with someembodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustratethe processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 9A-9G,10A-10M, 11A-11I, 12A-12B, 24A-24E, 25A-25C, 26A-26D, and 27A-27E.Although the examples which follow will be given with reference toinputs on a touch-screen display (where the touch-sensitive surface andthe display are combined), in some embodiments, device 100 detectsinputs on a touch-sensitive surface 451 that is separate from thedisplay 450, as shown in FIG. 4B.

FIG. 23A illustrates device 100 displaying representative image 2302 onthe display while device 100 is in a photo editing user interface.Representative image 2302 represents a sequence of images (e.g.,represents an enhanced photo). In some embodiments, device 100 displaysa currently selected image from the sequence of images that is notnecessarily the representative image. The photo editing user interfaceincludes affordances 2004 for editing representative image 2302 (e.g.,crop affordance 2004-1; filter affordance 2004-2; lighting affordance2004-3). The photo editing user interface also includes a selectableicon 2304. In some embodiments, when the displayed image in the photoediting user interface is a representative image from a sequence ofimages, selectable icon 2304 is animated, displayed in color, and/orfilled in. In some embodiments, when the displayed image in the photoediting user interface is a still image, selectable icon 2304 isdisplayed in black and white, is not animated and/or is not filled in.Thus, in some embodiments, selectable icon 2304 indicates to the userwhether he or she is editing an enhanced photo. In some embodiments,selectable icon 2304 is only selectable when a representative image froma sequence of images is displayed in the photo editing user interface.

The photo editing user interface also includes a “done” affordance 2301,which applies the user's modifications to the photo.

In FIG. 23A, device 100 receives a user input 2306 that selectsselectable icon 2304.

In FIG. 23B, in response to user input 2306, device 100 displays anaffordance bar 2308. Affordance bar 2308 includes: an affordance 2310-1for turning on animated playback of the sequence of images; anaffordance 2310-2 for turning off animated playback of the sequence ofimages while retaining the sequence of images; affordance 2310-3 fortrimming the sequence of images; and affordance 2310-4 for deleting theother images in the sequence of images besides representative image2302. In some embodiments, only one of affordance 2310-1 or affordance2310-2 is selectable at any given time, depending on whether animatedplayback is currently turned on or turned off (e.g., if playback iscurrently on, the “on” affordance 2310-1 is “grayed out”). The photoediting user interface also includes an affordance 2006 (e.g., a toggleswitch) for toggling between a first editing mode (e.g., an apply-to-allediting mode) and a second editing mode (e.g., a single image editingmode), as described with reference to FIGS. 20A-20L.

In FIG. 23B, device 100 receives a user input 2312 that selectsaffordance 2310-3 for trimming the sequence of images.

In FIG. 23C, in response to user input 2312, device 100 displays a userinterface 2314 for trimming the sequence of images to a subset of thesequences of images (e.g., to a subset that is fewer than all of theimages in the sequence of images). User interface 2314 includes an area2316 (e.g., a strip) that contains representations 2318 of images in thesequence of images (for visual clarity, only one representation 2318 ofan image is labeled in the figure). In some embodiments, representations2318 of images are thumbnails of images in the sequence of images. Insome embodiments, the representations of images are arranged inchronological order, so that those representations 2318 that are to theleft in area 2316 represent images that were acquired earlier than thoserepresentations 2318 that are to the right in area 2316.

User interface 2314 includes second area 2322, displayed concurrentlywith area 2316. The representative image, or a currently selected image,is displayed in second area 2322.

Area 2316 includes a begin handle 2320-a that delimits a beginning imagein the subset of the sequence of images. Area 2316 also includes an endhandle 2320-b that delimits an ending image in the subset of thesequence of images. Begin handle 2320-a and end handle 2320-b arelocated at positions in the area 2316 that are automatically selected bythe device (e.g., using scene detection). For example, device 100 usesscene detection to determine a period of time during which the bestaction transpired (e.g., by determining when a face is turned toward thecamera, or determining when the images are least blurry). Device 100sets begin handle 2320-a to a position in area 2316 representing thebeginning of the period of time during which the best action transpiredand sets end handle 2320-b to a position in area 2316 representing theend of the period of time during which the best action transpired.

FIG. 23C also illustrates that representations 2318 of images betweenbegin handle 2320-a and end handle 2320-b are visually distinguishedfrom the other representations 2318 in area 2316 (e.g., by slightlygraying out the other representations).

User interface 2314 also includes reset affordance 2324. In FIG. 23C,device 100 receives a user input 2326 that selects reset affordance2324.

In FIG. 23D, in response to user input 2326 selecting reset affordance2324, device 100 moves begin handle 2320-a to a position correspondingto an initial image in the untrimmed sequence of images and moves endhandle 2320-b to a final image in the untrimmed sequence of images. Thatis, reset affordance 2324 resets the trimming handles to correspond tothe sequence of images before the user entered trimming user interface2314.

As shown in FIG. 23D, in some embodiments, user interface 2314 displaysrepresentations 2328 of images, not included in the original sequence ofimages, that were obtained before the initial image in the original(e.g., untrimmed) sequence of images and/or representations 2330 ofimages, not included in the original sequence of images, that wereobtained after the final image in the original (e.g., untrimmed)sequence of images.

As also shown in FIG. 23D, in some embodiments, when the user selectsreset affordance 2324, user interface 2314 displays (e.g., in place ofreset affordance 2324) auto affordance 2332, which allows the user totoggle back to the automatically selected positions for begin handle2320-a and end handle 2320-b that are based on scene detection.

As also shown in FIGS. 23D-23E, the user can manually adjust thepositions of begin handle 2320-a and end handle 2320-b. In FIG. 23D,device 100 receives a user input 2334 (e.g., a drag gesture over beginhandle 2320-a). FIG. 23E illustrates that the position of begin handle2320-a in area 2316 has moved according to the drag gesture 2334.

In some embodiments, when the user selects “done” affordance 2301 whilein trimming user interface 2314, which applies the user's trimming tothe sequence of images, device 100 either deletes (or marks fordeletion) the images not included in the subset of images (e.g., whoserepresentations 2318 are not in between begin handle 2320-a and endhandle 2320-b), or disables playback of the images not included in thesubset of images. For example, when the trimmed sequence of images isplayed back in accordance with the embodiments described with referenceto FIGS. 6A-6FF, FIGS. 7A-7CC, and/or FIG. 8A-8L, the images notincluded in the subset of images are not played backed. In someembodiments, when device 100 disables playback of the images notincluded in the subset of images, device 100 retains the images notincluded in the subset of images so that the user can recover the wholesequence of images, or any part of the whole sequence of images at alater time (e.g., in the trimming user interface 2314).

FIGS. 24A-24E illustrate a flow diagram of a method 2400 of modifyingimages in a sequence of images, in accordance with some embodiments. Themethod 2400 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG.3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a display and atouch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the device includes one ormore sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display andthe touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. Insome embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitivesurface. Some operations in method 2400 are, optionally, combined and/orthe order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

Method 2400 provides an intuitive way to modify an enhanced photo. Inparticular, when the user is modifying a representative image for theenhanced photo (e.g., cropping, making black & white, changing balanceand/or contrast), in some embodiments, method 2400 allows a user tospecify (e.g., with a toggle switch) whether the modifications should beapplied to just the representative image or to all of the images in theenhanced photo. When the modifications are applied to only therepresentative image, method 2400 provides playback recipes inaccordance with a variety of embodiments. For example, in variousembodiments, an enhanced photo that includes a sequence of images with amodified representative image is played back with the representativeimage modified, unmodified, or omitted. When the modifications areapplied to the entire sequence of images, the enhanced photo plays backthe modified sequence of images.

The device displays (2402) a representative image on the display (e.g.,while the device is in an image presentation mode). The representativeimage is one image in a sequence of images taken by a camera. Thesequence of images includes one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image. The sequence of imagesincludes one or more images acquired by the camera before acquiring therepresentative image. In some embodiments, the camera that took thesequence of images is part of the electronic device. In someembodiments, the sequence of images was taken by a camera that is notpart of the electronic device (e.g., the sequence of images wastransferred to the electronic device after being taken with a camera onanother device). In some embodiments, the sequence of images wasobtained in response to detecting activation of a shutter button at afirst time, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method 2600. In some embodiments, therepresentative image corresponds to the representative image acquired bythe camera, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method 2600.

While displaying the representative image on the display, the devicedetects (2404) an input to modify the representative image (e.g., aninput to crop, filter, adjust the exposure, adjust the color, convert toblack & white, or the like). For example, input 2008, FIG. 20B, is aninput to modify representative image 2002-3.

In response to detecting the input to modify the representative image:in accordance with a determination that the device is in a first editingmode (e.g., an affordance, such as toggle switch 2006, FIG. 20I, is setto apply edits to all images in a respective sequence of images), thedevice modifies (2406) the representative image, the one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image, and theone or more images acquired by the camera before acquiring therepresentative image; and, in accordance with a determination that thedevice is in a second editing mode (e.g., an affordance, such as toggleswitch 2006, FIG. 20B, is set to apply edits only to the representativeimage in a respective sequence of images), distinct from the firstediting mode, the device modifies the representative image, withoutmodifying the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image, and without modifying the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image.

In some embodiments, the device provides the affordance to togglebetween the first editing mode and the second editing mode in a photoediting user interface (e.g., toggle switch 2006, FIG. 20B and FIG. 20I,is a component of a photo editing user interface). In some embodiments,the photo editing user interface includes affordances to turn on/offplayback of the enhanced photo, to delete the additional images in theenhanced photo, and/or to trim the set of additional photos (e.g. modifyselection of the still images to be included in the enhanced photo), asdescribed with reference to FIGS. 23A-23E and method 2700.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input to modify therepresentative image, the device presents the user with the option ofapplying the modification to only the representative image or to therepresentative image as well as the one or more images acquired by thecamera after acquiring the representative image, and the one or moreimages acquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image.

In some circumstances, modifying the representative image withoutmodifying the additional images would result in a discontinuity when theenhanced photograph is played back. For example, when the representativeimage is cropped or rotated relative to the additional image,playing-back the enhanced photograph would result in a “jump” when therepresentative image is displayed. Thus, in some embodiments, whenmaking certain modifications to the representative image (e.g., croppingand/or rotating), without modifying the one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image, and withoutmodifying the one or more images acquired by the camera before acquiringthe representative image, the device automatically turns off playback ofthe additional images, deletes the additional images, or causes themodified representative image to be saved to a new file as a stillimage. In some embodiments, the device warns the user that themodification will result in the modified representative image becoming astill image and provides the user with the option to continue themodification or cancel the modification (e.g., warning 2018, FIG. 20L).

In some embodiments, after modifying the representative image, withoutmodifying the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image, and without modifying the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image: thedevice displays (2408) the modified representative image on the display.While displaying the modified representative image on the display, thedevice detects a first portion of a second input. In response todetecting the first portion of the second input, the device replacesdisplay of the modified representative image with display of, insequence, at least some of the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image. Thus, in some embodiments, inresponse to detecting the first portion of the second input, the one ormore (unmodified) images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image are sequentially displayed (e.g., as shown in FIG.20E). In some embodiments, the device displays a cross fade animationbetween the modified representative image and the one or more(unmodified) images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image.

After detecting the first portion of the second input, the devicedetects a second portion of the second input (e.g., continues to detectcontact and/or intensity in a finger gesture). In response to detectingthe second portion of the second input, the device displays, insequence, at least some of the one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring the representative image, the representative imagewithout modification, and at least some of the one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image (e.g.,as shown in FIG. 20F).

Thus, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the second portionof the second input, the entire sequence of (unmodified) images isplayed, from the initial image to the final image in the sequence. Forexample, the representative image is modified by changing it to a blackand white image, while the other images in the sequence remain colorimages. While the black and white representative image is displayed, afirst portion of an input (e.g., a press-and-hold gesture or a deeppress gesture) is detected. In response, the display of the black andwhite representative image is replaced by the display of, in sequence,one or more (unmodified) color images in the sequence of images, whichwere acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image. Inresponse to detecting a second portion of the second input, the entiresequence of images is played, from the initial image to the final imagein the sequence, with all the images displayed in color.

In some embodiments, after modifying the representative image, withoutmodifying the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image, and without modifying the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image: thedevice displays (2410) the modified representative image on the display.While displaying the modified representative image on the display, thedevice detects a second input. In response to detecting the secondinput, the device displays, in sequence, at least some of the one ormore images acquired by the camera before acquiring the representativeimage, the representative image without modification, and at least someof the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image.

Thus, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input,the device plays back the enhanced photo, with none of the imagesmodified, starting from an image acquired before acquiring therepresentative image (e.g., starting with the initial image in thesequence of images) rather than starting playback by displaying imagesacquired by the camera after the representative image.

In some embodiments, after modifying the representative image, withoutmodifying the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image, and without modifying the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image: thedevice displays (2412) the modified representative image on the display.While displaying the modified representative image on the display, thedevice detects a first portion of a second input. In response todetecting the first portion of the second input, the device replacesdisplay of the modified representative image with display of, insequence, at least some of the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image. Thus, in some embodiments, inresponse to detecting the first portion of the second input, the one ormore (unmodified) images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image are sequentially displayed. In some embodiments,the device displays a cross fade animation between the modifiedrepresentative image and the one or more (unmodified) images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image (e.g., as shown inFIG. 20C).

After detecting the first portion of the second input, the devicedetects a second portion of the second input (e.g., continues to detectcontact and/or intensity in a finger gesture). In response to detectingthe second portion of the second input, the device displays, insequence, at least some of the one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring the representative image, the modified representativeimage, and at least some of the one or more images acquired by thecamera after acquiring the representative image (e.g., as shown in FIG.20D).

Thus, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the second portionof the second input, the entire sequence of images is played, from theinitial image to the final image in the sequence, with just therepresentative image being modified. For example, the representativeimage is modified by changing it to a black and white image, while theother images in the sequence remain color images. While the black andwhite representative image is displayed, a first portion of an input(e.g., a press-and-hold gesture or a deep press gesture) is detected. Inresponse, the display of the black and white representative image isreplaced by the display of, in sequence, one or more (unmodified) colorimages in the sequence of images, which were acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image. In response to detecting asecond portion of the second input, the entire sequence of images isplayed, from the initial image to the final image in the sequence, withall the images displayed in color except the representative image, whichis displayed in black and white.

In some embodiments, after modifying the representative image, withoutmodifying the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image, and without modifying the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image: thedevice displays (2414) the modified representative image on the display.While displaying the modified representative image on the display, thedevice detects a second input. In response to detecting the secondinput, the device displays, in sequence, at least some of the one ormore images acquired by the camera before acquiring the representativeimage, the modified representative image, and at least some of the oneor more images acquired by the camera after acquiring the representativeimage.

Thus, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input,the device plays back the enhanced photo, with only the representativeimage modified, starting from an image acquired before acquiring therepresentative image (e.g., starting with the initial image in thesequence of images) rather than starting playback by displaying imagesacquired by the camera after the representative image.

In some embodiments, after modifying the representative image, withoutmodifying the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image, and without modifying the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image: thedevice displays (2416) the modified representative image on the display.While displaying the modified representative image on the display, thedevice detects a first portion of a second input. In response todetecting the first portion of the second input, the device replacesdisplay of the modified representative image with display of, insequence, at least some of the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image. Thus, in some embodiments, inresponse to detecting the first portion of the second input, the one ormore (unmodified) images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image are sequentially displayed. In some embodiments,the device displays a cross fade animation between the modifiedrepresentative image and the one or more (unmodified) images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image (e.g., as shown inFIG. 20G).

After detecting the first portion of the second input, the devicedetects a second portion of the second input (e.g., continues to detectcontact and/or intensity in a finger gesture). In response to detectingthe second portion of the second input, the device displays, insequence, at least some of the one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring the representative image and at least some of the oneor more images acquired by the camera after acquiring the representativeimage (e.g., as shown in FIG. 20H).

Thus, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the second portionof the second input, the entire sequence of images is played, from theinitial image to the final image in the sequence, except therepresentative image is not displayed (e.g., the modified representativeimage is omitted from the first full playback of the enhanced photo). Insome embodiments, the device continues to loop through the sequence ofimages as long as the input is maintained (e.g., a press-and-holdgesture and/or a deep press with an intensity above a predefinedthreshold).

In some embodiments, after modifying the representative image, withoutmodifying the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image, and without modifying the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image: thedevice displays (2418) the modified representative image on the display.While displaying the modified representative image on the display, thedevice detects a second input. In response to detecting the secondinput, the device displays, in sequence, at least some of the one ormore images acquired by the camera before acquiring the representativeimage and at least some of the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image.

Thus, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input,the device plays back the enhanced photo, with the representative imageomitted and the remaining images unmodified, starting from an imageacquired before acquiring the representative image (e.g., starting withthe initial image in the sequence of images) rather than startingplayback by displaying images acquired by the camera after therepresentative image.

In some embodiments, after modifying the representative image, the oneor more images acquired by the camera after acquiring the representativeimage, and the one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image: the device displays (2420) themodified representative image on the display. While displaying themodified representative image on the display, the device detects a firstportion of a second input. In response to detecting the first portion ofthe second input, the device replaces display of the modifiedrepresentative image with display of, in sequence, at least some of themodified one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image. Thus, in some embodiments, in response todetecting the first portion of the second input, the modified one ormore images acquired by the camera after acquiring the representativeimage are sequentially displayed (e.g., as shown in FIG. 20J).

After detecting the first portion of the second input, the devicedetects a second portion of the second input (e.g., continues to detectcontact and/or intensity in a finger gesture). In response to detectingthe second portion of the second input, the device displays, insequence, at least some of the modified one or more images acquired bythe camera before acquiring the representative image, the modifiedrepresentative image, and at least some of the modified one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image(e.g., as shown in FIG. 20K).

Thus, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the second portionof the second input, the entire sequence of modified images is played,from the initial image to the final image in the sequence. For example,the images in the sequence are modified by changing them from color toblack and white images. While the black and white representative imageis displayed, a first portion of an input (e.g., a press-and-holdgesture or a deep press gesture) is detected. In response, the displayof the black and white representative image is replaced by the displayof, in sequence, one or more black and white images in the sequence ofimages, which were acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image. In response to detecting a second portion of thesecond input, the entire sequence of images is played, from the initialimage to the final image in the sequence, with all the images displayedin black and white.

In some embodiments, after modifying the representative image, the oneor more images acquired by the camera after acquiring the representativeimage, and the one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image: the device displays (2422) themodified representative image on the display. While displaying themodified representative image on the display, the device detects asecond input. In response to detecting the second input, the devicedisplays, in sequence, at least some of the modified one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image, themodified representative image, and at least some of the modified one ormore images acquired by the camera after acquiring the representativeimage.

Thus, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input,the device plays back the enhanced photo, with all of the imagesmodified, starting from an image acquired before acquiring therepresentative image (e.g., starting with the initial image in thesequence of images) rather than starting playback by displaying imagesacquired by the camera after the representative image.

In some embodiments, the device detects (2424) a second inputcorresponding to a request to delete the one or more images acquired bythe camera before acquiring the representative image and the one or moreimages acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image.In response to detecting the second input, the device deletes (or marksfor deletion) the one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image and the one or more images acquiredby the camera after acquiring the representative image (e.g., deletesall of the additional images in the enhanced photo, other than therepresentative image, without additional user input beyond the secondinput).

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 24A-24E have been described is merely exemplary andis not intended to indicate that the described order is the only orderin which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. In some implementations, one or more operations described hereinmay be omitted. For example, in some embodiments, operations 2408 and2410 are omitted. Additionally, it should be noted that details of otherprocesses described herein with respect to other methods describedherein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050, 1100, 11000, 1200, 2500,2600, and 2700) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method2400 described above with respect to FIGS. 24A-24E. For example, thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images, described above with reference tomethod 2400 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images described herein with reference toother methods described herein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050,1100, 11000, 1200, 2500, 2600, and 2700). For brevity, these details arenot repeated here.

FIGS. 25A-25C illustrate a flow diagram of a method 2500 of sendingimages from a sequence of images to a second electronic device, inaccordance with some embodiments. The method 2500 is performed at afirst electronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portablemultifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a display and, optionally, atouch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the device includes one ormore sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display andthe touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. Insome embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitivesurface. Some operations in method 2500 are, optionally, combined and/orthe order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

In accordance with some embodiments, method 2500 allows a user to shareher enhanced photos with other users' devices when the other users'devices are configured to interact (e.g., compatible) with enhancedphotos. To that end, method 2500 includes determining if a remoteelectronic device is configured to interact with enhanced photos and,when the remote electronic device is configured to interact withenhanced photos, method 2500 includes responding to a request to send anenhanced photo by displaying a first set of sharing options (e.g., thatincludes an option to send the enhanced photo). When the remoteelectronic device is not configured to interact with enhanced photos,method 2500 includes responding to a request to send an enhanced photoby displaying a second set of sharing options (e.g., that includessending just a representative image or converting the enhanced photo toa video or GIF format).

The first electronic device displays (2502), on a display, arepresentative image in a user interface of an application that isconfigured to communicate with other electronic devices. For example,the representative image is displayed in an input area for a messagingapplication (e.g., iMessage from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), asocial networking application (e.g., Twitter or Facebook), an ad hocnetwork service (e.g., AirDrop from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), oran email application (e.g., Mail from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.).

The representative image is one image in a sequence of images taken by acamera. The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image. The sequence ofimages includes one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image. In some embodiments, the camera thattook the sequence of images is part of the first electronic device. Insome embodiments, the sequence of images was taken by a camera that isnot part of the first electronic device (e.g., the sequence of imageswas transferred to the first electronic device after being taken with acamera on another device). In some embodiments, the sequence of imageswas obtained in response to detecting activation of a shutter button ata first time, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method 2600. In some embodiments, therepresentative image corresponds to the representative image acquired bythe camera, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method 2600.

In some embodiments, the application that is configured to communicatewith other electronic devices is displayed (2504) in response todetecting selection of an application icon that corresponds to theapplication in a sharing user interface (e.g., a sharing menu such as ashare sheet in iOS by Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.). In someembodiments, the representative image is displayed in the sharing userinterface and the sharing user interface is configured to displayinteractions with the sequence of images as a group (such as thoseinteractions described with reference to FIGS. 6A-6FF). In someembodiments, the sharing user interface is displayed in response toselection of a share icon while the representative image is displayed inan image management application (e.g., Photos by Apple Inc. ofCupertino, Calif.).

While displaying the representative image on the display, the firstelectronic device detects (2506) an input that corresponds to a requestto send the representative image or a request to select therepresentative image for sending (e.g., detecting activation of a “send”icon or a “select photo” icon by a tap gesture on a touch-sensitivesurface of the first electronic device or a mouse click) to a secondelectronic device, remote from the first electronic device, using theapplication.

In response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request tosend the representative image or to the request to select therepresentative image for sending to the second electronic device: inaccordance with a determination that the second electronic device isconfigured to interact with the sequence of images as a group (e.g., thesecond electronic device is configured to perform the interactionsdescribed with reference to FIGS. 6A-6FF), the first electronic devicedisplays (2508) a first set of options for sending at least a portion ofthe sequence of images to the second electronic device (e.g., as shownin FIG. 21C and/or 21I); and, in accordance with a determination thatthe second electronic device is not configured to interact with thesequence of images as a group, the first electronic device displays asecond set of options for sending at least a portion of the sequence ofimages to the second electronic device, wherein the second set ofoptions is different from the first set of options (e.g., as shown inFIG. 21D and/or 21J).

In some embodiments, the determination that the second electronic deviceis not configured to interact with the sequence of images as a groupincludes instances where it cannot be determined that the secondelectronic device is configured to interact with the sequence of imagesas a group. In some embodiments, if it cannot be determined that thesecond electronic device is configured to interact with the sequence ofimages as a group, it is concluded that the second electronic device isnot configured to interact with the sequence of images as a group.

In some embodiments, the determination that the second electronic deviceis configured to interact with the sequence of images as a group isbased at least in part on determining the operating system being used bythe second electronic device. In some embodiments, as an alternative topresenting the first set of options, in accordance with a determinationthat the second electronic device is configured to interact with thesequence of images as a group, the first electronic device automaticallysends the sequence of images (e.g., sends the entire sequence of images,to be interacted with as a group, without further user interventionafter the user presses the “send” button). In some embodiments, inaccordance with a determination that the second electronic device is notconfigured to interact with the sequence of images as a group, the firstelectronic device automatically sends the representative image withoutsending the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image and without sending the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image.

In some embodiments, the first set of options for sending at least aportion of the sequence of images to the second electronic deviceincludes (2510) an option to send the entire sequence of images (e.g.,the first set of options includes an option for sending the sequence ofimages as an enhanced photo).

In some embodiments, the second set of options for sending at least aportion of the sequence of images to the second electronic deviceincludes (2512) an option for converting at least the portion of thesequence of images to a video format (e.g., an MPEG format). In someembodiments, the second set of options for sending at least a portion ofthe sequence of images to the second electronic device includes anoption for converting at least the portion of the sequence of images toa format with which the second electronic device is configured tointeract. In some embodiments, the second set of options for sending atleast a portion of the sequence of images to the second electronicdevice includes an option for converting at least the portion of thesequence of images to an animated image format (e.g., a GIF format).

In some embodiments, if the second electronic device is not configuredto interact with the sequence of images as a group, instead of sendingthe representative image without sending other images in the sequence ofimages, the first electronic device displays a menu (e.g., a pop-upmenu) that gives a user the option to convert the sequence of images(and, in some embodiments, audio that corresponds to the sequence ofimages) into a video clip and/or animated GIF. In response to userselection of a “convert to video” and/or “send as video” option, a videothat corresponds to the sequence of images is sent to the secondelectronic device. In some embodiments, in response to user selection ofa “convert to video” and/or “send as video” option, the first electronicdevice converts the sequence of images into a video and sends the videoto the second electronic device. In response to user selection of a“convert to GIF” and/or “send as GIF” option, an animated GIF thatcorresponds to the sequence of images is sent to the second electronicdevice. In some embodiments, in response to user selection of a “convertto GIF” and/or “send as GIF” option, the first electronic deviceconverts the sequence of images into an animated GIF and sends the GIFto the second electronic device.

In some embodiments, the first set of options for sending at least aportion of the sequence of images to the second electronic deviceincludes (2514) an option for converting at least the portion of thesequence of images to a video format (e.g., an MPEG format). In someembodiments, the first electronic device displays a menu (e.g., a sendoptions menu) that gives a user the option to convert the sequence ofimages (and, in some embodiments, audio that corresponds to the sequenceof images) into a video clip and/or animated GIF, independent of whetherthe second electronic device is configured to interact with the sequenceof images as a group. Thus, if such an option is selected, a video oranimated GIF is sent to the second electronic device, instead of thesequence of images (with or without associated audio and/or metadata),even if the second electronic device is configured to interact with thesequence of images as a group.

In some embodiments, the first electronic device displays a menu (e.g.,an export, “send as” or “convert to” menu) that gives a user the optionto convert the sequence of images (and, in some embodiments, audio thatcorresponds to the sequence of images) into a video clip and/or animatedGIF. If such an option is selected, the sequence of images (with orwithout associated audio and/or metadata) is converted to a video oranimated GIF in accordance with the option selected.

In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that thesecond electronic device is configured to interact with the sequence ofimages as a group (e.g., the second electronic device is configured toperform the interactions described with respect to FIGS. 6A-6FF), thefirst electronic device sends (2516) audio that corresponds to thesequence of images. For example, when the first set of options includesan option to send the entire sequence of images (e.g., send the enhancephoto), and the user of the first electronic device selects the optionto send the entire sequence of images, the first electronic device sendsthe audio to the second electronic device so that the user of the secondelectronic device can playback the enhanced photo with audio, asdescribed with reference to FIGS. 6F-6I.

In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that thesecond electronic device is configured to interact with the sequence ofimages as a group (e.g., second electronic device is configured toperform the interactions described with respect to FIGS. 6A-6FF), thefirst electronic device sends (2518) metadata that corresponds to thefirst sequence of images. For example, when the first set of optionsincludes an option to send the entire sequence of images (e.g., send theenhance photo), and the user of the first electronic device selects theoption to send the entire sequence of images, the first electronicdevice sends the metadata to the second electronic device so that theuser of the second electronic device can playback the enhanced photowith metadata, as described with reference to FIGS. 6J-6M. In someembodiments, metadata such as time, date, location (e.g., via GPS),weather, music that was playing when the sequence of images was acquired(e.g., music identified with music identification software in the firstelectronic device, such as Shazam, SoundHound, or Midomi), and/or localevent information (such as a sports game that was being played when andwhere the first sequence of images was acquired), post-event information(such as a final score) for the sequence of images is linked to (orotherwise associated with) the sequence of images.

In some embodiments, the second set of options for sending at least aportion of the sequence of images to the second electronic deviceincludes (2520) an option for sending the representative image withoutsending the one or more images acquired by the camera after acquiringthe representative image and without sending the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image (e.g.,sending the representative image as a still image).

In some embodiments, the first electronic device determines (2522)whether the first electronic device is in a first mode that permitssending the sequence of images (e.g., as a group). In accordance with adetermination that the first electronic device is not in the first modethat permits sending the sequence of images as a group, the firstelectronic device modifies the first set of options for sending at leastthe portion of the sequence of images to the second electronic device.In some embodiments, to send the sequence of images instead of justsending the representative image, in addition to determining that thesecond electronic device is configured to interact with the sequence ofimages as a group, the first electronic device also needs to be in amode that permits sending the sequence of images as a group, rather thanin a mode that only permits sending a still image (e.g., therepresentative image) from the sequence of images. In some embodiments,a user can choose between these two modes using an affordance, such astoggle switch 2006, as shown in FIG. 20B.

In some embodiments, while displaying the representative image on thedisplay (and one of the set of options), the first electronic devicedetects (2524) a second input. In response to detecting the secondinput, the first electronic device replaces display of therepresentative image with display of, in sequence, at least some of theimages in the sequence of images. In some embodiments, the firstelectronic device is configured to play back the enhanced photo whiledisplaying the sharing options, which may help the user decide how shewants to share the photo (e.g., as an enhanced photo, video, GIF, orstill image).

In some embodiments, the first electronic device includes (2526) atouch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors to detect intensity ofcontacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The second input includes afinger contact that satisfies first contact-intensity criteria. Forexample, when the set of options is displayed, a deep press over therepresentative image plays back the enhanced photo.

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 25A-25C have been described is merely exemplary andis not intended to indicate that the described order is the only orderin which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. In some implementations, one or more operations described hereinmay be omitted. For example, in some embodiments, operations 2510 and2512 are omitted. Additionally, it should be noted that details of otherprocesses described herein with respect to other methods describedherein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050, 1100, 11000, 1200, 2400,2600, and 2700) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method2500 described above with respect to FIGS. 25A-25C. For example, thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images, described above with reference tomethod 2500 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images described herein with reference toother methods described herein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050,1100, 11000, 1200, 2400, 2600, and 2700). For brevity, these details arenot repeated here.

FIGS. 26A-26D illustrate a flow diagram of a method 2600 of acquiringphotos (e.g., enhanced photos or still photos) using scene recognition,in accordance with some embodiments. The method 2600 is performed at anelectronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunctiondevice 100, FIG. 1A) with a display, a camera, and, optionally, atouch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the device includes one ormore sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitivesurface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display andthe touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. Insome embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitivesurface. Some operations in method 2600 are, optionally, combined and/orthe order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

In accordance with some embodiments, the device performs scenerecognition while capturing images from the camera. In response to auser activating a shutter, the device determines, based on the scenerecognition, whether to retain a sequence of images (e.g., as anenhanced photo) or retain a still image. For example, when the sceneincludes a lot of movement, the device automatically retains an enhancedphoto. As another example, when the scene includes a large amount oftext (e.g., the “scene” is merely a receipt or a page from a book), thedevice retains a still image.

To that end, while in a first media acquisition mode for the camera(e.g., a mode labeled as an auto still/enhanced photo mode): the devicedisplays (2602) a live preview of a scene on the display.

The device performs (2604) scene recognition on the scene. In someembodiments, performing scene recognition includes recognizing faces inthe scene, recognizing motion in the scene, recognizing text in thescene, recognizing whether the scene is indoors or outdoors (e.g.,recognizing a threshold amount of brightness and/or recognizing thesun), and/or recognizing a depth of field of the scene (e.g.,determining if the scene is of a landscape).

While displaying the live preview of the scene, the device detects(2606) a single activation of a shutter button at a first time. In someembodiments, detecting a single activation of a shutter button at afirst time includes detecting pressing of a physical button at the firsttime or detecting a gesture on a virtual shutter button on atouch-sensitive display at the first time, such as a tap gesture on ashutter release icon or a tap gesture on the live preview, where thelive preview acts as a virtual shutter button). In some embodiments, thedetected activation is a single activation of the shutter button (e.g.,analogous to a single activation used in a conventional digital camerato capture a single image in the still image mode of a conventionaldigital camera). In some embodiments, the single activation of theshutter button does not require that the activation be maintained forany particular amount of time (e.g., any detectable activation of theshutter button will suffice, regardless of the length that theactivation is maintained).

In response to detecting (2608) the single activation of the shutterbutton at the first time: in accordance with a determination that thescene meets action capture criteria (e.g., criteria concerning activityin a scene), based at least in part on the scene recognition performedon the scene, the device retains a plurality of images acquired by thecamera in temporal proximity to the activation of the shutter button atthe first time and groups the plurality of images into a first sequenceof images (e.g., the device retains an enhanced photo of the scene, asshown in FIGS. 22C-22D).

The first sequence of images includes: a plurality of images acquired bythe camera prior to detecting activation of the shutter button at thefirst time; a representative image that represents the first sequence ofimages and was acquired by the camera after one or more of the otherimages in the first sequence of images; and a plurality of imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image.

In accordance with a determination that the scene does not meet theaction capture criteria, the device retains a single image in temporalproximity to the activation of the shutter button at the first time(without grouping a plurality of images acquired by the camera intemporal proximity to the activation of the shutter button at the firsttime into a first sequence of images, as shown in FIGS. 22A-22B).

In some embodiments, the images acquired prior to detecting activationof the shutter button at the first time are a predefined number ofimages, such as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 images. In some embodiments,the images acquired prior to detecting activation of the shutter buttonat the first time are images that are within a predefined time prior tothe first time, such as within 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, or 2.5 seconds priorto the first time. In some embodiments, the plurality of images acquiredprior to detecting activation of the shutter button at the first timeare from a range of time between a second time (prior to the first time)and the first time, and the plurality of images acquired prior todetecting activation of the shutter button at the first time areindependent of interaction with the shutter button that is temporallyproximate to the second time. For example, the plurality of imagesacquired prior to detecting activation of the shutter button at thefirst time are not acquired in response to detecting an interaction withthe shutter button that is temporally proximate to the second time. Forexample, the plurality of images acquired prior to detecting activationof the shutter button at the first time are not acquired in response todetecting a partial (or complete) activation of the shutter button at ornear the second time.

In some embodiments, the device begins acquiring and storing images uponentering the first media acquisition mode.

In some embodiments, the plurality of images, in the first sequence ofimages, that are acquired prior to detecting activation of the shutterbutton at the first time meet predefined grouping criteria. In someembodiments, the predefined grouping criteria include selecting apredefined number of images prior to the representative image. In someembodiments, the predefined grouping criteria include selecting imagesin a predefined range of time immediately prior to detecting activationof the shutter button. In some embodiments, the predefined groupingcriteria include selecting images in a predefined range of timeimmediately prior to the time at which the representative image isacquired. In some embodiments, the predefined grouping criteria includeselecting images based on scene recognition and/or movement of thedevice (e.g., the device discards images that were obtained when thedevice was moving too much, so as to discard, for example, images takenas the user lifted the device up).

In some embodiments, the representative image is acquired by the cameraat the first time and is analogous to the single image captured in thestill image mode of a conventional digital camera when its shutterbutton is activated. In some embodiments, the representative imageacquired by the camera corresponds to an image that was acquired at thefirst time. In some embodiments, the representative image acquired bythe camera corresponds to an image that was acquired shortly afterdetecting activation of the shutter button at the first time, at a timethat takes into account shutter lag (the time delay between detectingactivation of the shutter button and capturing/storing therepresentative image). In some embodiments, the representative imageacquired by the camera is used to represent the sequence of images, forexample in an image presentation mode.

In some embodiments, the first sequence of images includes a predefinednumber of images—such as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 images—acquired afteracquiring the representative image. In some embodiments, the imagesacquired after acquiring the representative image are images that arewithin a predefined time after acquiring the representative image, suchas within 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, or 2.5 seconds after acquiring therepresentative image. In some embodiments, the first sequence of imagesincludes a predefined number of images—such as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30images—acquired after detecting activation of the shutter button at thefirst time. In some embodiments, the images acquired after detectingactivation of the shutter button at the first time are images that arewithin a predefined time after the first time, such as within 0.5, 1.0,1.5, 2.0, or 2.5 seconds after the first time. In some embodiments, theplurality of images, in the first sequence of images, that are acquiredafter acquiring the representative image meet predefined groupingcriteria. In some embodiments, the predefined grouping criteria includeselecting a predefined number of images after the representative image.In some embodiments, the predefined grouping criteria include selectingimages in a predefined range of time immediately after detectingactivation of the shutter button. In some embodiments, the predefinedgrouping criteria include selecting images in a predefined range of timeimmediately after the time at which the representative image isacquired. In some embodiments, the predefined grouping criteria includeselecting images based on scene recognition and/or movement of thedevice.

In some embodiments, the action capture criteria include (2610)recognizing one or more faces in the scene. In some embodiments, whenthe device recognizes at least one face in the scene, the device retainsand groups the plurality of images.

In some embodiments, the device includes (2612) default image captureparameters for acquiring images. The device determines (2614) that thescene contains a single face in portrait orientation, the single faceoccupying more than a predetermined amount of the display. In responseto determining that the scene contains the single face in portraitorientation, the single face occupying more than a predetermined amountof the display: the device acquires (2616) (and/or retains) theplurality of images with image capture parameters that are distinct fromthe default image capture parameters (e.g., higher frame rate to capturesmall changes in expression, higher resolution to better capture detail,etc.).

In some embodiments, the action capture criteria include (2618)recognizing motion in the scene (e.g., detecting motion (e.g., in thelive preview) above a predetermined threshold value). In someembodiments, when the device recognizes at least a predefined thresholdamount of motion in the scene, the device retains and groups theplurality of images.

In some embodiments, performing scene recognition on the scene includes(2620) determining an amount of motion in the scene. Retaining theplurality of images acquired by the camera in temporal proximity to theactivation of the shutter button at the first time includes: inaccordance with a determination that the amount of motion is a firstamount, retaining the plurality of images at a first frame rate; and inaccordance with a determination that the amount of motion is a secondamount that is greater than the first amount, retaining images at asecond frame rate that is higher than the first frame rate.

In some circumstances, the electronic device itself is moving (e.g.,panning, and/or translating). In some embodiments, the action capturecriteria include (2622) detecting movement of the electronic deviceabove a predetermined threshold value. In some embodiments, certainproperties of the movement of the device indicate that the device isbeing aimed at a moving scene (e.g., the device is panned whileremaining substantially level). When the device determines that thedevice is being aimed, the device retains and groups the plurality ofimages. For example, in some circumstances, the device is panned totrack a subject (e.g., an athlete playing a sport, a car passing by,etc.). In some embodiments, detecting the movement of the electronicdevice includes detecting acceleration of the device usingaccelerometers 168 (FIG. 1A).

In some embodiments, the number of images in the retained plurality ofimages depends (2624) on detected movement of the device while theplurality of images was acquired. For example, the device recognizeswhen it is being translated (e.g., attached to a helmet of a mountainbiker or skier). When the device is being translated faster (e.g., asindicated by vibrations and or quick changes in acceleration), thedevice retains and groups the plurality of images at a higher framerate, and/or for a longer period of time, resulting in a greater numberof images retained in the plurality of images.

In some embodiments, performing scene recognition includes recognizing alandscape with activity (e.g., a waterfall, a windmill, trees withleaves blowing in the wind). When the device recognizes that the deviceis capturing a landscape with activity, the device retains and groupsthe plurality of images (e.g., as an enhanced photo). In someembodiments, enhanced photos of landscapes playback in a loop so thatthe landscape scene appears continuous.

Conversely, the device acquires a single image in response to detectingthe single activation of the shutter button at the first time (withoutgrouping a plurality of images acquired by the camera in temporalproximity to the activation of the shutter button at the first time intoa first sequence of images), in accordance with a determination that nofaces are present in the scene, there is no significant movement in thescene, and/or the electronic device itself is not moving (e.g., thedevice is stationary). In some embodiments, the single image is a stillimage that merges a plurality of still images, such as a high dynamicrange (HDR) still image.

In some embodiments, certain properties of the movement of the deviceindicate that the device is not being aimed (e.g., is being taken out ofthe user's pocket and/or is being lifted up to aim at the scene). Whenthe device determines that it is moving without being aimed, the deviceretains a single image.

In some embodiments, performing scene recognition on the scene includes(2626) recognizing text. The action capture criteria include a criterionthat is met when an amount of text in the scene is below a predefinedthreshold. In some embodiments, the device recognizes when the pictureis of a receipt or document. When the picture is of a receipt ordocument, the device captures a still image rather than an enhancedphoto.

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 26A-26D have been described is merely exemplary andis not intended to indicate that the described order is the only orderin which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. In some implementations, one or more operations described hereinmay be omitted. For example, in some embodiments, operations 2610 and2612 are omitted. Additionally, it should be noted that details of otherprocesses described herein with respect to other methods describedherein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050, 1100, 11000, 1200, 2400,2500, and 2700) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method2600 described above with respect to FIGS. 26A-26D. For example, thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images, described above with reference tomethod 2600 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images described herein with reference toother methods described herein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050,1100, 11000, 1200, 2400, 2500, and 2700). For brevity, these details arenot repeated here.

FIGS. 27A-27D illustrate a flow diagram of a method 2700 of trimming asequence of images (e.g., an enhanced photo), in accordance with someembodiments. The method 2700 is performed at an electronic device (e.g.,device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) witha display, a camera, and, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface. In someembodiments, the device includes one or more sensors to detect intensityof contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, thedisplay is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is onor integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display isseparate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method2700 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is,optionally, changed.

In accordance with some embodiments, the device provides a userinterface for trimming a sequence of image to a subset of the sequenceof images (e.g., modifying the beginning and ending image in thesequence of images). When a user requests to trim an enhanced photo, thedevice provides movable handles that the user can use to modify thebeginning and ending images in the sequence of images. The initiallocation of the handles (e.g., when the user first enters the userinterface for trimming the sequence of images) are automaticallyprovided by the device (e.g., based on scene detection). In someembodiments, the user can toggle the locations of the handles betweenthe automatically suggested beginning and ending images and the initialand final images in the sequence of images. As used herein, the terms“initial image” and “final image” refer to the first and last images inthe (original) sequence of images, whereas “beginning image” and “endingimage” refer to the first and last images in the subset of the sequenceof images.

To that end, the device displays (2702) an image on a display (e.g.,while the device is in an image editing mode).

The image is one image in a sequence of images taken by a camera. Thesequence of images includes a representative image. The sequence ofimages includes one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the representative image. The sequence of images includes oneor more images acquired by the camera before acquiring therepresentative image. In some embodiments, the camera that took thesequence of images is part of the electronic device. In someembodiments, the sequence of images was taken by a camera that is notpart of the electronic device (e.g., the sequence of images wastransferred to the electronic device after being taken with a camera onanother device). In some embodiments, the sequence of images wasobtained in response to detecting activation of a shutter button at afirst time, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method 2600. In some embodiments, therepresentative image corresponds to the representative image acquired bythe camera, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5K and method900 and/or FIGS. 22A-22D and method 2600.

In some embodiments, while displaying the image, the device displays avisual indication that the image is a respective image in a sequence ofimages (e.g., the device displays an indication that the image is froman enhanced photo). In some embodiments, the visual indication that theimage is a respective image in a sequence of images is an affordance(e.g., selectable affordance 2304, FIG. 23A). In some embodiments, theaffordance is animated when an enhanced photo is displayed, and theaffordance is not animated when a still image is displayed. In someembodiments, activation of the affordance results in display of anediting menu, from which the user can select functionality to trim thesequence of images. In some embodiments, some operations of the method2700 are performed after the user activates the functionality to trim asequence of images.

In some embodiments, the displayed image is (2704) the representativeimage from the sequence of images.

In some embodiments, the displayed image is (2706) a currently selectedimage from the sequence of images. In some embodiments, the currentlyselected image is visually distinguished from the other images in thesequence of images. In some embodiments, the currently selected image isconcurrently displayed in the second area (described below) with arepresentation (e.g., a thumbnail) of the currently selected image inthe area that contains representations of images in the sequence ofimages. In some embodiments, selection of a given image replaces therepresentative image with the given image as a new representative image.In some embodiments, the user can select a new representative image forthe sequence of images by tapping on a thumbnail of a given image in thesequence of images to select a new representative image.

While displaying the image in the sequence of images on the display, thedevice detects (2708) a first input (e.g., detects an input thatcorresponds to a request to display a user interface for trimming thesequence of images, such as a tap gesture on trim icon 2310-3 in FIG.23B).

In response to detecting the first input: the device displays (2710) auser interface for trimming the sequence of images to a subset, lessthan all, of the sequence of images. In some embodiments, the userinterface is part of a trimming mode.

The user interface includes: an area (e.g., a strip, such as strip 2316,FIG. 23C) that contains representations of images in the sequence ofimages; a user-adjustable begin-trim icon (e.g., begin handle 2320-a,FIG. 23C) that delimits a beginning image in the subset of the sequenceof images via a position of the begin-trim icon in the area thatcontains representations of images in the sequence of images; and auser-adjustable end-trim icon (e.g., end handle 2320-b, FIG. 23C) thatdelimits an ending image in the subset of the sequence of images via aposition of the end-trim icon in the area that contains representationsof images in the sequence of images. In some embodiments, therepresentations of images are smaller than the displayed image. In someembodiments, the representations of images are thumbnails of images inthe sequence of images. In some embodiments, the representations ofimages are arranged in chronological order.

The begin-trim icon is located at a first position, in the area thatcontains representations of images in the sequence of images, that isautomatically selected by the device. The end-trim icon is located at asecond position, in the area that contains representations of images inthe sequence of images, that is automatically selected by the device. Insome embodiments, the beginning image for the subset that isautomatically selected by the device (which is shown by the firstposition of the begin-trim icon) is not the initial image in thesequence of images. In some embodiments, the beginning image for thesubset is a later image in the sequence of images than the initialimage. In some embodiments, the ending image for the subset that isautomatically selected by the device (which is shown by the secondposition of the end-trim icon) is not the final image in the sequence ofimages. In some embodiments, the ending image for the subset is anearlier image in the sequence of images than the final image.

In some embodiments, representations of images between the begin-trimicon and the end-trim icon are (2712) visually distinguished from theother representations in the area that contains representations ofimages in the sequence of images. In some embodiments, both the sequenceof images and the subset of the sequence of images include anuninterrupted consecutive set of images acquired by the camera.

In some embodiments, the user interface for trimming the sequence ofimages includes (2714) a second area that displays the image in thesequence of images. The second area is displayed concurrently with thearea that contains representations of images in the sequence of images.In some embodiments, the second region occupies more than half of thedisplay, more than 80% of the display, or more than 90% of the display.In some embodiments, the second region of the display occupies theentire region of the display save optional menu bars at the top andbottom of the display and the area that contains representations ofimages in the sequence of images.

In some embodiments, automatically selecting the beginning image in thesubset and the corresponding first position of the begin-trim icon is(2716) based on one or more characteristics of the images in thesequence of images. Automatically selecting the ending image in thesubset and the corresponding second position of the begin-trim icon isbased on one or more characteristics of the images in the sequence ofimages. In some embodiments, the device selects/suggests the beginningimage and the ending image in the subset based on scene recognition onthe sequence of images.

In some embodiments, the sequence of images includes (2718) an initialimage and a final image. The device displays, in the area that containsrepresentations of images in the sequence of images, one or morerepresentations of images, not included in the sequence of images, thatwere obtained before the initial image in the sequence of images and/orthat were obtained after the final image in the sequence of images. Insome embodiments, in addition to trimming the original sequence ofimages, a user is also able to add images obtained just before or justafter the original sequence of images.

In some embodiments, prior to detecting the second input, whiledisplaying the user interface for trimming the sequence of images, thedevice detects (2720) an input on the end-trim icon. In response todetecting the input on the end-trim icon, the device moves the end-trimicon from the second position to a third position in the area thatcontains representations of images in the sequence of images. In someembodiments, a user is able to manually override the ending image forthe subset that was automatically recommended/selected by the device.Similarly, in some embodiments, a user is able to manually override thebeginning image for the subset that was automaticallyrecommended/selected by the device, e.g., with a drag gesture thatstarts on the begin-trim icon and moves the begin-trim icon from thefirst position to another position in the area that containsrepresentations of images in the sequence of images.

While displaying the user interface for trimming the sequence of images,the device detects (2722) a second input (e.g., detects activation ofdone icon 2301, FIG. 23C), or another icon that initiates trimming inaccordance with the current positions of the begin-trim icon and theend-trim icon).

In response to detecting a second input, the device trims (2724) thesequence of images to the subset of the sequence of images in accordancewith a current position of the begin-trim icon and a current position ofthe end-trim icon. In some embodiments, trimming the sequence of imagesto the subset of the sequence of images includes storing data indicatinga position of the beginning image in the subset and the ending image inthe subset.

In some embodiments, the device deletes (2726) images, from the sequenceof images, which are not included in the subset of the sequence ofimages. In some embodiments, the device edits the sequence of images toinclude only those images in the subset (which were automaticallyselected/suggested by the device and confirmed by the user, or whichwere manually selected by the user). In some embodiments, the devicecontinues to store the images that are not in the subset, e.g., so thatthe user can further modify the sequence of images at a later time withall of the original images in the sequence of images available (e.g., asobtained by the camera).

In some embodiments, the sequence of images includes (2728) an initialimage and a final image, and the user interface includes a resetaffordance (e.g., reset button 2324, FIG. 23C), a “manual” button, orother similar icon). Prior to detecting the second input, whiledisplaying the user interface for trimming the sequence of images, thedevice detects an input on the reset affordance (e.g., a tap gesture onreset button 2324, FIG. 23C). In response to detecting the input on thereset affordance: the device displays, the begin-trim icon at aposition, in the area that contains representations of images in thesequence of images, that corresponds to delimiting the initial image inthe sequence of images; and displays the end-trim icon at a position, inthe area that contains representations of images in the sequence ofimages, that corresponds to delimiting the final image in the sequenceof images.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input on the resetaffordance: the device displays (2730) an automatic selection affordance(e.g., “auto” icon 2332, FIG. 23D) that when activated displays thebegin-trim icon at the first position and the end-trim icon at thesecond position, in the area that contains representations of images inthe sequence of images. In some embodiments, display of the “auto” iconreplaces display of the “reset” icon.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting a third input, the deviceselects (2732) a new representative image for the subset of the sequenceof images (e.g., an image at the middle of the subset or an imageselected based on scene recognition performed on the subset of thesequence of images).

In some embodiments, after trimming the sequence of images to the subsetof the sequence of images in accordance with the current position of thebegin-trim icon and the current position of the end-trim icon, thedevice displays (2734) a representative image of the subset of thesequence of images on the display (e.g., while the device is in an imagepresentation mode). In some embodiments, the representative image of thesubset of the sequence of images is the same as the representative imageof the sequence of images. In some embodiments, the representative imageof the subset of the sequence of images is different from therepresentative image of the sequence of images. In some embodiments, therepresentative image of the subset is displayed in response to an inputthat corresponds to a request to exit the editing mode. While displayingthe representative image on the display, the device detects a thirdinput (e.g., an input that corresponds to a request to playback thesubset of the sequence of images, such as a press-and-hold gesture or agesture that meets contact intensity criteria for playback). In responseto detecting the third input, the device replaces display of therepresentative image with an animated playback of the subset of thesequence of images. In some embodiments, the subset of the sequence ofimages is played back in an analogous manner to playback of the sequenceof images, as described herein with respect to FIGS. 6A-6FF and methods1000/10000/10050.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting a fourth input, the devicedisables (2736) the animated playback of the subset of the sequence ofimages while retaining the subset of images.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting a third input thatcorresponds to a request to edit the representative image, the deviceprovides (2738) a user of the device with options to: continue editingthe representative image with the animated playback of the subset of thesequence of images disabled; and cancel editing the representativeimage.

In some embodiments, the device presents (2740) an affordance fordeleting images in the sequence of images other than the representativeimage. In response to detecting a third input, the device deletes theone or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image and the one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring the representative image.

It should be understood that the particular order in which theoperations in FIGS. 27A-27E have been described is merely exemplary andis not intended to indicate that the described order is the only orderin which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in theart would recognize various ways to reorder the operations describedherein. In some implementations, one or more operations described hereinmay be omitted. For example, in some embodiments, operations 2714 and2716 are omitted. Additionally, it should be noted that details of otherprocesses described herein with respect to other methods describedherein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050, 1100, 11000, 1200, 2400,2500, and 2600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method2700 described above with respect to FIGS. 27A-27E. For example, thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images, described above with reference tomethod 2700 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of thecontacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds,animations, and sequences of images described herein with reference toother methods described herein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 10000, 10050,1100, 11000, 1200, 2400, 2500, and 2600). For brevity, these details arenot repeated here.

In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 28 shows a functional blockdiagram of an electronic device 2800 configured in accordance with theprinciples of the various described embodiments. The functional blocksof the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or acombination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of thevarious described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill inthe art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 28 are, optionally,combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of thevarious described embodiments. Therefore, the description hereinoptionally supports any possible combination or separation or furtherdefinition of the functional blocks described herein.

As shown in FIG. 28, an electronic device 2800 includes a display unit2802 configured to display images; a touch-sensitive surface unit 2804configured to detect inputs; and a processing unit 2808 coupled with thedisplay unit 2802 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 2804. In someembodiments, the processing unit 2808 includes a display enabling unit2810, a detecting unit 2812, a modifying unit 2814, and a deleting unit2816.

The processing unit 2808 is configured to enable (e.g., with the displayenabling unit 2810) display of a representative image on the displayunit 2812. The representative image is one image in a sequence of imagestaken by a camera. The sequence of images includes one or more imagesacquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image. Thesequence of images includes one or more images acquired by the camerabefore acquiring the representative image. The processing unit 2808 isfurther configured to, while enabling display of the representativeimage on the display unit 2802, detect (e.g., with the detecting unit2812, in conjunction with the touch-sensitive surface unit 2804) aninput to modify the representative image. The processing unit 2808 isfurther configured to, in response to detecting the input to modify therepresentative image: in accordance with a determination that the deviceis in a first editing mode, modify (e.g., with the modifying unit 2814)the representative image, the one or more images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image, and the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image; and,in accordance with a determination that the device is in a secondediting mode, distinct from the first editing mode, modify (e.g., withthe modifying unit 2814) the representative image, without modifying theone or more images acquired by the camera after acquiring therepresentative image, and without modifying the one or more imagesacquired by the camera before acquiring the representative image.

In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 29 shows a functional blockdiagram of an electronic device 2900 configured in accordance with theprinciples of the various described embodiments. The functional blocksof the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or acombination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of thevarious described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill inthe art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 29 are, optionally,combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of thevarious described embodiments. Therefore, the description hereinoptionally supports any possible combination or separation or furtherdefinition of the functional blocks described herein.

As shown in FIG. 29, a first electronic device 2900 includes a displayunit 2902 configured to display images; an optional touch-sensitivesurface unit 2904 configured to detect inputs; one or more optionalsensor units 2906 configured to detect intensity of contacts with thetouch-sensitive surface unit 2904; and a processing unit 2908 coupledwith the display unit 2902, the optional touch-sensitive surface unit2904, and the one or more optional sensor units 2906. In someembodiments, the processing unit 2908 includes a display enabling unit2910, a detecting unit 2912, a determining unit 2914, a modifying unit2916, and a sending unit 2918.

The processing unit 2908 is configured to enable (e.g., with displayenabling unit 2910) display, on the display unit 2902, of arepresentative image in a user interface of an application that isconfigured to communicate with other electronic devices. Therepresentative image is one image in a sequence of images taken by acamera. The sequence of images includes one or more images acquired bythe camera after acquiring the representative image. The sequence ofimages includes one or more images acquired by the camera beforeacquiring the representative image. The processing unit 2908 is furtherconfigured to, while enabling display of the representative image on thedisplay unit 2902, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 2912, inconjunction with touch-sensitive surface unit 2904) an input thatcorresponds to a request to send the representative image or a requestto select the representative image for sending to a second electronicdevice, remote from the electronic device, using the application. Theprocessing unit 2908 is further configured to, in response to detectingthe input that corresponds to the request to send the representativeimage or to the request to select the representative image for sendingto the second electronic device: in accordance with a determination thatthe second electronic device is configured to interact with the sequenceof images as a group, enable (e.g., with display enabling unit 2910)display of a first set of options for sending at least a portion of thesequence of images to the second electronic device; and, in accordancewith a determination that the second electronic device is not configuredto interact with the sequence of images as a group, enable (e.g., withdisplay enabling unit 2910) display of a second set of options forsending at least a portion of the sequence of images to the secondelectronic device. The second set of options is different from the firstset of options.

In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 30 shows a functional blockdiagram of an electronic device 3000 configured in accordance with theprinciples of the various described embodiments. The functional blocksof the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or acombination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of thevarious described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill inthe art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 30 are, optionally,combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of thevarious described embodiments. Therefore, the description hereinoptionally supports any possible combination or separation or furtherdefinition of the functional blocks described herein.

As shown in FIG. 30, an electronic device 3000 includes a display unit3002 configured to display images; an optional touch-sensitive surfaceunit 3004 configured to detect inputs; a camera unit 2906 configured toacquire images, and a processing unit 3008 coupled with the display unit3002 and the optional touch-sensitive surface unit 3004, and the cameraunit 2906. In some embodiments, the processing unit 3008 includes adisplay enabling unit 3010, a detecting unit 3012, a scene recognitionperforming unit 3014, a retaining unit 3016, a grouping unit 3018, andan acquiring unit 3020.

The processing unit 3008 is configured to, while in a first mediaacquisition mode for the camera unit 3006: enable (e.g., with displayenabling unit 3010) display of a live preview of a scene on the displayunit 3002 and perform (e.g., with scene recognition performing unit3014) scene recognition on the scene. The processing unit 3008 isfurther configured to, while enabling display of the live preview of thescene, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 3012, in conjunction withtouch-sensitive surface unit 3004) a single activation of a shutterbutton at a first time. The processing unit 3008 is further configuredto, in response to detecting the single activation of the shutter buttonat the first time: in accordance with a determination that the scenemeets action capture criteria, based at least in part on the scenerecognition performed on the scene, retain (e.g., with retaining unit3016) a plurality of images acquired by the camera unit 3006 in temporalproximity to the activation of the shutter button at the first time andgroup (e.g., with grouping unit 3018) the plurality of images into afirst sequence of images. The first sequence of images includes: aplurality of images acquired by the camera unit 3006 prior to detectingactivation of the shutter button at the first time; a representativeimage that represents the first sequence of images and was acquired bythe camera unit 3006 after one or more of the other images in the firstsequence of images; and a plurality of images acquired by the cameraunit 3006 after acquiring the representative image. The processing unit3008 is further configured to, in accordance with a determination thatthe scene does not meet the action capture criteria, retain (e.g., withretaining unit 3016) a single image in temporal proximity to theactivation of the shutter button at the first time.

In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 31 shows a functional blockdiagram of an electronic device 3100 configured in accordance with theprinciples of the various described embodiments. The functional blocksof the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or acombination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of thevarious described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill inthe art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 31 are, optionally,combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of thevarious described embodiments. Therefore, the description hereinoptionally supports any possible combination or separation or furtherdefinition of the functional blocks described herein.

As shown in FIG. 31, an electronic device 3100 includes a display unit3102 configured to display images; a touch-sensitive surface unit 3104configured to detect inputs; and a processing unit 3108 coupled with thedisplay unit 3102 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 3104. In someembodiments, the processing unit 3108 includes a display enabling unit3110, a detecting unit 3112, a trimming unit 3114, a selecting unit3116, a moving unit 3118, and a deleting unit 3120.

The processing unit 3108 is configured to enable display (e.g., with thedisplay enabling unit 3110) of an image on the display unit 3102. Theimage is one image in a sequence of images taken by a camera. Thesequence of images includes a representative image. The sequence ofimages includes one or more images acquired by the camera afteracquiring the representative image. The sequence of images includes oneor more images acquired by the camera before acquiring therepresentative image.

The processing unit 3108 is further configured to, while enablingdisplay of the image in the sequence of images on the display unit 3102,detect (e.g., with detecting unit 3112) a first input. The processingunit 3108 is further configured to, in response to detecting the firstinput, enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit 3110) of a userinterface for trimming the sequence of images to a subset, less thanall, of the sequence of images. The user interface includes: an areathat contains representations of images in the sequence of images; auser-adjustable begin-trim icon that delimits a beginning image in thesubset of the sequence of images via a position of the begin-trim iconin the area that contains representations of images in the sequence ofimages; and a user-adjustable end-trim icon that delimits an endingimage in the subset of the sequence of images via a position of theend-trim icon in the area that contains representations of images in thesequence of images. The begin-trim icon is located at a first position,in the area that contains representations of images in the sequence ofimages, that is automatically selected by the device. The end-trim iconis located at a second position, in the area that containsrepresentations of images in the sequence of images, that isautomatically selected by the device.

The processing unit 3108 is further configured to, while enablingdisplay of the user interface for trimming the sequence of images,detect (e.g., with detecting unit 3112) a second input. The processingunit 3108 is further configured to, in response to detecting a secondinput, trim (e.g., with trimming unit 3114) the sequence of images tothe subset of the sequence of images in accordance with a currentposition of the begin-trim icon and a current position of the end-trimicon.

The operations in methods described above are, optionally implemented byrunning one or more functional modules in information processingapparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described abovewith respect to FIGS. 1A and 3) or application specific chips. Theoperations described above with reference to FIGS. 9A-9G are,optionally, implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B or FIG.13. For example, detection operation 908 is, optionally, implemented byevent sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Eventmonitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitivedisplay 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the eventinformation to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 ofapplication 136-1 compares the event information to respective eventdefinitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a firstlocation on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of thedevice) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such asselection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the devicefrom one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event orsub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Eventhandler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments,event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update whatis displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to aperson having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can beimplemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B.

The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has beendescribed with reference to specific embodiments. However, theillustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or tolimit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. For example, themethods described herein are also applicable in an analogous manner toelectronic devices configured for management, playback, and/or streaming(e.g., from an external server) of audio and/or visual content that arein communication with a remote control and a display (e.g., Apple TVfrom Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.). For such devices, inputs areoptionally received that correspond to gestures on a touch-sensitivesurface of the remote control, voice inputs to the remote control,and/or activation of buttons on the remote control, rather than havingthe touch-sensitive surface, audio input device (e.g., a microphone),and/or buttons on the device itself. For such devices, data isoptionally provided to the display rather than displayed by the deviceitself. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of theabove teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order tobest explain the principles of the invention and its practicalapplications, to thereby enable others skilled in the art to best usethe invention and various described embodiments with variousmodifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.

What is claimed is:
 1. An electronic device, comprising: a display; acamera; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs,wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configuredto be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programsincluding instructions for: while a first media acquisition mode isactive on the electronic device, in response to detecting a singleactivation of a shutter button at a first time, capturing mediacorresponding to a scene; performing scene recognition on the scene; inresponse to detecting a user input: in accordance with a determinationthat the scene recognition meets first criteria, displaying the media asa sequence of images acquired by the camera in temporal proximity to thesingle activation of the shutter button at the first time, wherein thesequence of images includes: a plurality of images acquired by thecamera prior to detecting activation of the shutter button at the firsttime; a representative image that represents the sequence of images andwas acquired by the camera after one or more other images in thesequence of images; and a plurality of images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image; and, in accordance with adetermination that the scene recognition does not meet the firstcriteria, displaying the media as a single image in temporal proximityto the activation of the shutter button at the first time.
 2. Theelectronic device of claim 1, wherein the first criteria are actioncapture criteria.
 3. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein: thefirst criteria include recognizing one or more faces in the scene. 4.The electronic device of claim 1, wherein: the first criteria includerecognizing motion in the scene.
 5. The electronic device of claim 1,wherein: the first criteria include detecting movement of the electronicdevice above a predetermined threshold value.
 6. The electronic deviceof claim 1, wherein: performing scene recognition on the scene includesrecognizing text in the scene; and the first criteria include acriterion that is met when an amount of text in the scene is below apredefined threshold.
 7. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein theone or more programs further include instructions for: in accordancewith a determination that the first criteria are met, in response todetecting the single activation of the shutter button, retaining thesequence of images acquired by the camera in temporal proximity to theactivation of the shutter button; and in accordance with a determinationthat the first criteria are not met, in response to detecting the singleactivation of the shutter button, retaining the single image acquired bythe camera in temporal proximity to the activation of the shutterbutton.
 8. The electronic device of claim 7, wherein: performing scenerecognition on the scene includes determining an amount of motion in thescene; and retaining the sequence of images acquired by the camera intemporal proximity to the activation of the shutter button at the firsttime includes: in accordance with a determination that the amount ofmotion is a first amount, retaining images at a first frame rate; and inaccordance with a determination that the amount of motion is a secondamount that is greater than the first amount, retaining images at asecond frame rate that is higher than the first frame rate.
 9. Theelectronic device of claim 1, wherein a number of images in the sequenceof images depends on detected movement of the electronic device whilethe plurality of images was acquired.
 10. The electronic device of claim1, wherein the electronic device includes default image captureparameters for acquiring images, and the one or more programs furtherinclude instructions for: determining that the scene contains a singleface in portrait orientation, the single face occupying more than apredetermined amount of the display; in response to determining that thescene contains the single face in portrait orientation, the single faceoccupying more than a predetermined amount of the display: acquiring thesequence of images with image capture parameters that are distinct fromthe default image capture parameters.
 11. A non-transitory computerreadable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or moreprograms comprising instructions, which when executed by an electronicdevice with a display and a camera, cause the electronic device to:while a first media acquisition mode is active on the electronic device,in response to detecting a single activation of a shutter button at afirst time, capture media corresponding to a scene; perform scenerecognition on the scene; in response to detecting a user input: inaccordance with a determination that the scene recognition meets firstcriteria, display the media as a sequence of images acquired by thecamera in temporal proximity to the single activation of the shutterbutton at the first time, wherein the sequence of images includes: aplurality of images acquired by the camera prior to detecting activationof the shutter button at the first time; a representative image thatrepresents the sequence of images and was acquired by the camera afterone or more other images in the sequence of images; and a plurality ofimages acquired by the camera after acquiring the representative image;and, in accordance with a determination that the scene recognition doesnot meet the first criteria, display the media as a single image intemporal proximity to the activation of the shutter button at the firsttime.
 12. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of claim11, wherein the first criteria are action capture criteria.
 13. Thenon-transitory computer readable storage medium of claim 11, wherein:the first criteria include recognizing one or more faces in the scene.14. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of claim 11,wherein: the first criteria include recognizing motion in the scene. 15.The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of claim 11,wherein: the first criteria include detecting movement of the electronicdevice above a predetermined threshold value.
 16. The non-transitorycomputer readable storage medium of claim 11, wherein: performing scenerecognition on the scene includes recognizing text in the scene; and thefirst criteria include a criterion that is met when an amount of text inthe scene is below a predefined threshold.
 17. The non-transitorycomputer readable storage medium of claim 11, wherein the one or moreprograms comprise instructions that cause the electronic device to: inaccordance with a determination that the first criteria are met, inresponse to detecting the single activation of the shutter button,retain the sequence of images acquired by the camera in temporalproximity to the activation of the shutter button; and in accordancewith a determination that the first criteria are not met, in response todetecting the single activation of the shutter button, retain the singleimage acquired by the camera in temporal proximity to the activation ofthe shutter button.
 18. The non-transitory computer readable storagemedium of claim 17, wherein: performing scene recognition on the sceneincludes determining an amount of motion in the scene; and retaining thesequence of images acquired by the camera in temporal proximity to theactivation of the shutter button at the first time includes: inaccordance with a determination that the amount of motion is a firstamount, retaining images at a first frame rate; and in accordance with adetermination that the amount of motion is a second amount that isgreater than the first amount, retaining images at a second frame ratethat is higher than the first frame rate.
 19. The non-transitorycomputer readable storage medium of claim 11, wherein a number of imagesin the sequence of images depends on detected movement of the electronicdevice while the plurality of images was acquired.
 20. Thenon-transitory computer readable storage medium of claim 11, wherein theelectronic device includes default image capture parameters foracquiring images, and the one or more programs comprise instructionsthat cause the electronic device to: determine that the scene contains asingle face in portrait orientation, the single face occupying more thana predetermined amount of the display; in response to determining thatthe scene contains the single face in portrait orientation, the singleface occupying more than a predetermined amount of the display: acquirethe sequence of images with image capture parameters that are distinctfrom the default image capture parameters.
 21. A method for displayingimages, comprising: at an electronic device with a display, a camera,one or more processors, and memory: while a first media acquisition modeis active on the electronic device, in response to detecting a singleactivation of a shutter button at a first time, capturing mediacorresponding to a scene; performing scene recognition on the scene; inresponse to detecting a user input: in accordance with a determinationthat the scene recognition meets first criteria, displaying the media asa sequence of images acquired by the camera in temporal proximity to thesingle activation of the shutter button at the first time, wherein thesequence of images includes: a plurality of images acquired by thecamera prior to detecting activation of the shutter button at the firsttime; a representative image that represents the sequence of images andwas acquired by the camera after one or more other images in thesequence of images; and a plurality of images acquired by the cameraafter acquiring the representative image; and, in accordance with adetermination that the scene recognition does not meet the firstcriteria, displaying the media as a single image in temporal proximityto the activation of the shutter button at the first time.
 22. Themethod of claim 21, wherein the first criteria are action capturecriteria.
 23. The method of claim 21, wherein: the first criteriainclude recognizing one or more faces in the scene.
 24. The method ofclaim 21, wherein: the first criteria include recognizing motion in thescene.
 25. The method of claim 21, wherein: the first criteria includedetecting movement of the electronic device above a predeterminedthreshold value.
 26. The method of claim 21, wherein: performing scenerecognition on the scene includes recognizing text in the scene; and thefirst criteria include a criterion that is met when an amount of text inthe scene is below a predefined threshold.
 27. The method of claim 21,including: in accordance with a determination that the first criteriaare met, in response to detecting the single activation of the shutterbutton, retaining the sequence of images acquired by the camera intemporal proximity to the activation of the shutter button; and inaccordance with a determination that the first criteria are not met, inresponse to detecting the single activation of the shutter button,retaining the single image acquired by the camera in temporal proximityto the activation of the shutter button.
 28. The method of claim 27,wherein: performing scene recognition on the scene includes determiningan amount of motion in the scene; and retaining the sequence of imagesacquired by the camera in temporal proximity to the activation of theshutter button at the first time includes: in accordance with adetermination that the amount of motion is a first amount, retainingimages at a first frame rate; and in accordance with a determinationthat the amount of motion is a second amount that is greater than thefirst amount, retaining images at a second frame rate that is higherthan the first frame rate.
 29. The method of claim 21, wherein a numberof images in the sequence of images depends on detected movement of theelectronic device while the plurality of images was acquired.
 30. Themethod of claim 21, wherein the electronic device includes default imagecapture parameters for acquiring images, and the one or more programsfurther include instructions for: determining that the scene contains asingle face in portrait orientation, the single face occupying more thana predetermined amount of the display; in response to determining thatthe scene contains the single face in portrait orientation, the singleface occupying more than a predetermined amount of the display:acquiring the sequence of images with image capture parameters that aredistinct from the default image capture parameters.